1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 /// 10 /// \file 11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions. 12 /// 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 16 #include "TreeTransform.h" 17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" 38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" 39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 41 using namespace clang; 42 using namespace sema; 43 44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting 45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as 46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the 47 /// name of the corresponding type. 48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 49 SourceLocation NameLoc, 50 IdentifierInfo &Name) { 51 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 52 53 // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type. 54 QualType Type; 55 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 56 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 57 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 58 Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0); 59 break; 60 61 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 62 // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a 63 // typename type for it. 64 assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name"); 65 Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(), 66 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 67 break; 68 69 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 70 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 71 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 72 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 73 llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor"); 74 } 75 76 // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the 77 // final identifier in the qualified-id. 78 return CreateParsedType(Type, 79 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc)); 80 } 81 82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 83 IdentifierInfo &II, 84 SourceLocation NameLoc, 85 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 86 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 87 bool EnteringContext) { 88 // Determine where to perform name lookup. 89 90 // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current 91 // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the 92 // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in 93 // particular shows where the current description of destructor name 94 // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g., 95 // this appears to be ill-formed: 96 // 97 // namespace N { 98 // template <typename T> struct S { 99 // ~S(); 100 // }; 101 // } 102 // 103 // void f(N::S<int>* s) { 104 // s->N::S<int>::~S(); 105 // } 106 // 107 // See also PR6358 and PR6359. 108 // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this 109 // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec. 110 QualType SearchType; 111 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 112 bool isDependent = false; 113 bool LookInScope = false; 114 115 if (SS.isInvalid()) 116 return nullptr; 117 118 // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a 119 // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and 120 // we know what type we're looking for. 121 if (ObjectTypePtr) 122 SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr); 123 124 if (SS.isSet()) { 125 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 126 127 bool AlreadySearched = false; 128 bool LookAtPrefix = true; 129 // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6: 130 // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier, 131 // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the 132 // nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form: 133 // 134 // nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name 135 // 136 // the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first. 137 // 138 // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the 139 // prefix of the nested-name-specifier. 140 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 141 if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) { 142 AlreadySearched = true; 143 LookupCtx = DC; 144 isDependent = false; 145 } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 146 LookAtPrefix = false; 147 LookInScope = true; 148 } 149 150 // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above. 151 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr; 152 if (AlreadySearched) { 153 // Nothing left to do. 154 } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) { 155 CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS; 156 PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data())); 157 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext); 158 isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS); 159 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 160 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 161 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 162 } else { 163 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 164 isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext(); 165 } 166 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 167 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 168 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 169 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T 170 // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is 171 // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the 172 // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly 173 // cv-qualified) T. 174 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 175 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 176 assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) && 177 "Caller should have completed object type"); 178 179 LookInScope = true; 180 } else { 181 // Perform lookup into the current scope (only). 182 LookInScope = true; 183 } 184 185 TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr; 186 LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 187 for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) { 188 // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we 189 // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if 190 // we're allowed to look there). 191 Found.clear(); 192 if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx) 193 LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx); 194 else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S) 195 LookupName(Found, S); 196 else 197 continue; 198 199 // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here? 200 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 201 return nullptr; 202 203 if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) { 204 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 205 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 206 207 if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() || 208 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) { 209 // We found our type! 210 211 return CreateParsedType(T, 212 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc)); 213 } 214 215 if (!SearchType.isNull()) 216 NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type; 217 } 218 219 // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is 220 // the same name as the template name in the last part of the 221 // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then 222 // this is the destructor for that class. 223 // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core 224 // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction. 225 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) { 226 QualType MemberOfType; 227 if (SS.isSet()) { 228 if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) { 229 // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one. 230 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 231 MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 232 } 233 } 234 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 235 MemberOfType = SearchType; 236 237 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 238 continue; 239 240 // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the 241 // class template we found is the same as the template being 242 // specialized, we found what we are looking for. 243 if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 244 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 245 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) { 246 if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() == 247 Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 248 return CreateParsedType( 249 MemberOfType, 250 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 251 } 252 253 continue; 254 } 255 256 // We're referring to an unresolved class template 257 // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found 258 // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't 259 // know which template is being specialized, that it at least 260 // has the same name. 261 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType 262 = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 263 TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName(); 264 265 // The class template we found is the same template being 266 // specialized. 267 if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 268 if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 269 return CreateParsedType( 270 MemberOfType, 271 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 272 273 continue; 274 } 275 276 // The class template we found has the same name as the 277 // (dependent) template name being specialized. 278 if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate 279 = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) { 280 if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() && 281 DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier()) 282 return CreateParsedType( 283 MemberOfType, 284 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 285 286 continue; 287 } 288 } 289 } 290 } 291 292 if (isDependent) { 293 // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent 294 // anyway. 295 296 // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier? 297 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), 298 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 299 II, NameLoc); 300 return ParsedType::make(T); 301 } 302 303 if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) { 304 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl); 305 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 306 << T << SearchType; 307 Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here) 308 << T; 309 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) 310 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type) 311 << &II; 312 else { 313 SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc, 314 diag::err_destructor_class_name); 315 if (S) { 316 const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); 317 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 318 DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 319 Class->getNameAsString()); 320 } 321 } 322 323 return nullptr; 324 } 325 326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) { 327 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType) 328 return nullptr; 329 assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype 330 && "only get destructor types from declspecs"); 331 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 332 QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType); 333 if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) { 334 return ParsedType::make(T); 335 } 336 337 Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 338 << T << SearchType; 339 return nullptr; 340 } 341 342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 343 const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 344 assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId); 345 346 if (!SS.isValid()) 347 return false; 348 349 switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) { 350 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 351 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 352 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 353 // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at 354 // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything. 355 // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the 356 // case where the scope is dependent. 357 Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace) 358 << SS.getScopeRep(); 359 return true; 360 361 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 362 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 363 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 364 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 365 return false; 366 } 367 368 llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind"); 369 } 370 371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand. 372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 373 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 374 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 375 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 376 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 377 // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id 378 // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored. 379 // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class 380 // type, the class shall be completely-defined. 381 Qualifiers Quals; 382 QualType T 383 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(), 384 Quals); 385 if (T->getAs<RecordType>() && 386 RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 387 return ExprError(); 388 389 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) 390 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T); 391 392 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, 393 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 394 } 395 396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand. 397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 398 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 399 Expr *E, 400 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 401 bool WasEvaluated = false; 402 if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) { 403 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 404 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 405 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 406 E = result.get(); 407 } 408 409 QualType T = E->getType(); 410 if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 411 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl()); 412 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 413 // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class 414 // shall be completely-defined. 415 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 416 return ExprError(); 417 418 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 419 // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a 420 // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated 421 // operand. [...] 422 if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) { 423 // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context 424 // and recheck the subexpression. 425 ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); 426 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 427 E = Result.get(); 428 429 // We require a vtable to query the type at run time. 430 MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD); 431 WasEvaluated = true; 432 } 433 } 434 435 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 436 // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly 437 // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a 438 // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced 439 // type. 440 Qualifiers Quals; 441 QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals); 442 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) { 443 T = UnqualT; 444 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get(); 445 } 446 } 447 448 if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 449 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) 450 << E->getType()); 451 else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 452 E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) { 453 // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression 454 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 455 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated 456 ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid 457 : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 458 } 459 460 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, 461 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 462 } 463 464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression); 465 ExprResult 466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 467 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 468 // Find the std::type_info type. 469 if (!getStdNamespace()) 470 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 471 472 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) { 473 IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info"); 474 LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 475 LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace()); 476 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 477 // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global 478 // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153. 479 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) { 480 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 481 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 482 } 483 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) 484 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 485 } 486 487 if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) { 488 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti)); 489 } 490 491 QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl); 492 493 if (isType) { 494 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 495 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 496 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 497 &TInfo); 498 if (T.isNull()) 499 return ExprError(); 500 501 if (!TInfo) 502 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 503 504 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 505 } 506 507 // The operand is an expression. 508 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 509 } 510 511 /// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to 512 /// a single GUID. 513 static void 514 getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT, 515 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) { 516 // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection. 517 const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr(); 518 if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType()) 519 Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); 520 else if (QT->isArrayType()) 521 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 522 523 const auto *TD = Ty->getAsTagDecl(); 524 if (!TD) 525 return; 526 527 if (const auto *Uuid = TD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) { 528 UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid); 529 return; 530 } 531 532 // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments. 533 if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(TD)) { 534 const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs(); 535 for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) { 536 const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr; 537 if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type) 538 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs); 539 else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) 540 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs); 541 542 if (UuidForTA) 543 UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA); 544 } 545 } 546 } 547 548 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand. 549 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 550 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 551 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 552 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 553 StringRef UuidStr; 554 if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) { 555 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; 556 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs); 557 if (UuidAttrs.empty()) 558 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 559 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) 560 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 561 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); 562 } 563 564 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr, 565 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 566 } 567 568 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand. 569 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 570 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 571 Expr *E, 572 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 573 StringRef UuidStr; 574 if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) { 575 if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 576 UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"; 577 } else { 578 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; 579 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs); 580 if (UuidAttrs.empty()) 581 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 582 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) 583 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 584 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); 585 } 586 } 587 588 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr, 589 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 590 } 591 592 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression); 593 ExprResult 594 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 595 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 596 // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup. 597 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) { 598 IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID"); 599 LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 600 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 601 MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 602 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) 603 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof)); 604 } 605 606 QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl); 607 608 if (isType) { 609 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 610 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 611 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 612 &TInfo); 613 if (T.isNull()) 614 return ExprError(); 615 616 if (!TInfo) 617 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 618 619 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 620 } 621 622 // The operand is an expression. 623 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 624 } 625 626 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 627 ExprResult 628 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { 629 assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) && 630 "Unknown C++ Boolean value!"); 631 return new (Context) 632 CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc); 633 } 634 635 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 636 ExprResult 637 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) { 638 return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc); 639 } 640 641 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 642 ExprResult 643 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) { 644 bool IsThrownVarInScope = false; 645 if (Ex) { 646 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 647 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 648 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 649 // 650 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 651 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch- 652 // clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 653 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 654 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 655 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 656 // exception object 657 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens())) 658 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { 659 if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { 660 for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) { 661 if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) { 662 IsThrownVarInScope = true; 663 break; 664 } 665 666 if (S->getFlags() & 667 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope | 668 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope | 669 Scope::TryScope)) 670 break; 671 } 672 } 673 } 674 } 675 676 return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 677 } 678 679 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 680 bool IsThrownVarInScope) { 681 // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers. 682 if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && 683 !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc)) 684 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw"; 685 686 // Exceptions aren't allowed in CUDA device code. 687 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 688 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(OpLoc, diag::err_cuda_device_exceptions) 689 << "throw" << CurrentCUDATarget(); 690 691 if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope()) 692 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw"; 693 694 if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) { 695 QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType()); 696 if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex)) 697 return ExprError(); 698 699 // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out 700 // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors. 701 702 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 703 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 704 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 705 // 706 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 707 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or 708 // catch-clause 709 // parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 710 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 711 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 712 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 713 // exception object 714 const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr; 715 if (IsThrownVarInScope) 716 NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false); 717 718 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException( 719 OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 720 /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr); 721 ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 722 Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 723 if (Res.isInvalid()) 724 return ExprError(); 725 Ex = Res.get(); 726 } 727 728 return new (Context) 729 CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope); 730 } 731 732 static void 733 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD, 734 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen, 735 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases, 736 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen, 737 bool ParentIsPublic) { 738 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) { 739 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 740 bool NewSubobject; 741 // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject. Non-virtual bases are 742 // always distinct subobjects. 743 if (BS.isVirtual()) 744 NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second; 745 else 746 NewSubobject = true; 747 748 if (NewSubobject) 749 ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl]; 750 751 // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain. 752 bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public; 753 if (PublicPath) 754 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl); 755 756 // Recurse on to each base subobject. 757 collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 758 PublicPath); 759 } 760 } 761 762 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects( 763 CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) { 764 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen; 765 llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases; 766 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen; 767 SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1; 768 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD); 769 collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 770 /*ParentIsPublic=*/true); 771 772 for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) { 773 // Skip ambiguous objects. 774 if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1) 775 continue; 776 777 Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject); 778 } 779 } 780 781 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw. 782 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, 783 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) { 784 // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer 785 // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed. 786 QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy; 787 bool isPointer = false; 788 if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { 789 Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 790 isPointer = true; 791 } 792 if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) { 793 if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty, 794 isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr 795 : diag::err_throw_incomplete, 796 E->getSourceRange())) 797 return true; 798 799 if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 800 diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E)) 801 return true; 802 } 803 804 // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling. 805 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 806 if (!RD) 807 return false; 808 809 // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof, 810 // exception handling will make use of the vtable. 811 MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD); 812 813 // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed. 814 if (isPointer) 815 return false; 816 817 // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it. 818 if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) { 819 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) { 820 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 821 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 822 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty); 823 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 824 return true; 825 } 826 } 827 828 // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception 829 // object. This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call 830 // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor. 831 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 832 // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within 833 // the exception object. Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise 834 // inaccessible are not catchable types. 835 llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects; 836 getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects); 837 838 for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) { 839 // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor. Various pieces of machinery 840 // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this 841 // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls. Instead, we must perform 842 // lookup and overload resolution. 843 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0); 844 if (!CD) 845 continue; 846 847 // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression. 848 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD); 849 850 // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it 851 // in the catchable type data. 852 if (CD->isTrivial()) 853 continue; 854 855 // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class 856 // type to this constructor. 857 // N.B. The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this 858 // particular throw-site. Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to 859 // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via 860 // friendship or any other means). 861 Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD); 862 863 // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so 864 // we must rebuild them here. 865 for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) { 866 if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I))) 867 return true; 868 } 869 } 870 } 871 872 return false; 873 } 874 875 static QualType adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda( 876 ArrayRef<FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopes, QualType ThisTy, 877 DeclContext *CurSemaContext, ASTContext &ASTCtx) { 878 879 QualType ClassType = ThisTy->getPointeeType(); 880 LambdaScopeInfo *CurLSI = nullptr; 881 DeclContext *CurDC = CurSemaContext; 882 883 // Iterate through the stack of lambdas starting from the innermost lambda to 884 // the outermost lambda, checking if '*this' is ever captured by copy - since 885 // that could change the cv-qualifiers of the '*this' object. 886 // The object referred to by '*this' starts out with the cv-qualifiers of its 887 // member function. We then start with the innermost lambda and iterate 888 // outward checking to see if any lambda performs a by-copy capture of '*this' 889 // - and if so, any nested lambda must respect the 'constness' of that 890 // capturing lamdbda's call operator. 891 // 892 893 // The issue is that we cannot rely entirely on the FunctionScopeInfo stack 894 // since ScopeInfos are pushed on during parsing and treetransforming. But 895 // since a generic lambda's call operator can be instantiated anywhere (even 896 // end of the TU) we need to be able to examine its enclosing lambdas and so 897 // we use the DeclContext to get a hold of the closure-class and query it for 898 // capture information. The reason we don't just resort to always using the 899 // DeclContext chain is that it is only mature for lambda expressions 900 // enclosing generic lambda's call operators that are being instantiated. 901 902 for (int I = FunctionScopes.size(); 903 I-- && isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]); 904 CurDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurDC)) { 905 CurLSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]); 906 907 if (!CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured()) 908 continue; 909 910 auto C = CurLSI->getCXXThisCapture(); 911 912 if (C.isCopyCapture()) { 913 ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 914 if (CurLSI->CallOperator->isConst()) 915 ClassType.addConst(); 916 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 917 } 918 } 919 // We've run out of ScopeInfos but check if CurDC is a lambda (which can 920 // happen during instantiation of generic lambdas) 921 if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurDC)) { 922 assert(CurLSI); 923 assert(isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator)); 924 assert(CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurLSI->CallOperator)); 925 926 auto IsThisCaptured = 927 [](CXXRecordDecl *Closure, bool &IsByCopy, bool &IsConst) { 928 IsConst = false; 929 IsByCopy = false; 930 for (auto &&C : Closure->captures()) { 931 if (C.capturesThis()) { 932 if (C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis) 933 IsByCopy = true; 934 if (Closure->getLambdaCallOperator()->isConst()) 935 IsConst = true; 936 return true; 937 } 938 } 939 return false; 940 }; 941 942 bool IsByCopyCapture = false; 943 bool IsConstCapture = false; 944 CXXRecordDecl *Closure = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurDC->getParent()); 945 while (Closure && 946 IsThisCaptured(Closure, IsByCopyCapture, IsConstCapture)) { 947 if (IsByCopyCapture) { 948 ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 949 if (IsConstCapture) 950 ClassType.addConst(); 951 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 952 } 953 Closure = isLambdaCallOperator(Closure->getParent()) 954 ? cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Closure->getParent()->getParent()) 955 : nullptr; 956 } 957 } 958 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 959 } 960 961 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() { 962 DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 963 QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride; 964 965 if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { 966 if (method && method->isInstance()) 967 ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context); 968 } 969 970 if (ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext) && 971 !ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 972 973 assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && 974 "Trying to get 'this' type from static method?"); 975 976 // This is a lambda call operator that is being instantiated as a default 977 // initializer. DC must point to the enclosing class type, so we can recover 978 // the 'this' type from it. 979 980 QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)); 981 // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers, 982 // per [expr.prim.general]p4. 983 ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy); 984 } 985 986 // If we are within a lambda's call operator, the cv-qualifiers of 'this' 987 // might need to be adjusted if the lambda or any of its enclosing lambda's 988 // captures '*this' by copy. 989 if (!ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext)) 990 return adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(FunctionScopes, ThisTy, 991 CurContext, Context); 992 return ThisTy; 993 } 994 995 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, 996 Decl *ContextDecl, 997 unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 998 bool Enabled) 999 : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false) 1000 { 1001 if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl) 1002 return; 1003 1004 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 1005 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl)) 1006 Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl(); 1007 else 1008 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl); 1009 1010 // We care only for CVR qualifiers here, so cut everything else. 1011 CXXThisTypeQuals &= Qualifiers::FastMask; 1012 S.CXXThisTypeOverride 1013 = S.Context.getPointerType( 1014 S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals)); 1015 1016 this->Enabled = true; 1017 } 1018 1019 1020 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() { 1021 if (Enabled) { 1022 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 1023 } 1024 } 1025 1026 static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD, 1027 QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc, 1028 const bool ByCopy) { 1029 1030 QualType AdjustedThisTy = ThisTy; 1031 // The type of the corresponding data member (not a 'this' pointer if 'by 1032 // copy'). 1033 QualType CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy; 1034 if (ByCopy) { 1035 // If we are capturing the object referred to by '*this' by copy, ignore any 1036 // cv qualifiers inherited from the type of the member function for the type 1037 // of the closure-type's corresponding data member and any use of 'this'. 1038 CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy->getPointeeType(); 1039 CaptureThisFieldTy.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 1040 AdjustedThisTy = Context.getPointerType(CaptureThisFieldTy); 1041 } 1042 1043 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create( 1044 Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, 1045 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc), nullptr, false, 1046 ICIS_NoInit); 1047 1048 Field->setImplicit(true); 1049 Field->setAccess(AS_private); 1050 RD->addDecl(Field); 1051 Expr *This = 1052 new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/ true); 1053 if (ByCopy) { 1054 Expr *StarThis = S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc, 1055 UO_Deref, 1056 This).get(); 1057 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture( 1058 nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc); 1059 InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc); 1060 InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); 1061 ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); 1062 if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr; 1063 return ER.get(); 1064 } 1065 return This; 1066 } 1067 1068 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit, 1069 bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt, 1070 const bool ByCopy) { 1071 // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context. 1072 if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit) 1073 return true; 1074 1075 assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value"); 1076 1077 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ? 1078 *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1; 1079 1080 // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this') 1081 // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at 1082 // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack. 1083 1084 // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a 1085 // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation: 1086 // [*this] { ... }. 1087 // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference 1088 // capture. 1089 1090 // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes 1091 // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if: 1092 // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object* 1093 // - or, 'L' has an implicit capture. 1094 // AND 1095 // -- there is no enclosing closure 1096 // -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the 1097 // *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E' 1098 // and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*. 1099 // -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the 1100 // *enclosing object* 1101 1102 1103 unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0; 1104 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) { 1105 if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = 1106 dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) { 1107 if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) { 1108 // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do. 1109 break; 1110 } 1111 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); 1112 if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) { 1113 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 1114 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 1115 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) 1116 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1117 return true; 1118 } 1119 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref || 1120 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval || 1121 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block || 1122 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion || 1123 (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) { 1124 // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first 1125 // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures, 1126 // if any, must perform implicit captures. 1127 1128 // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards. 1129 NumCapturingClosures++; 1130 continue; 1131 } 1132 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 1133 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 1134 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) 1135 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1136 return true; 1137 } 1138 break; 1139 } 1140 if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false; 1141 1142 // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the 1143 // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it 1144 // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures). 1145 1146 // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting 1147 // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below). Ignore it for 1148 // all enclosing closure's up to NumCapturingClosures (since they must be 1149 // implicitly capturing the *enclosing object* by reference (see loop 1150 // above)). 1151 assert((!ByCopy || 1152 dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) && 1153 "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by " 1154 "*this) by copy"); 1155 // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated 1156 // contexts. 1157 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 1158 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures; 1159 --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) { 1160 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]); 1161 Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr; 1162 1163 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) { 1164 // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression, 1165 // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first 1166 // iteration. 1167 ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc, 1168 ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1169 1170 } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI 1171 = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) 1172 ThisExpr = 1173 captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc, 1174 false/*ByCopy*/); 1175 1176 bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1; 1177 CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisExpr, ByCopy); 1178 } 1179 return false; 1180 } 1181 1182 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) { 1183 /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this 1184 /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for 1185 /// which the function is called. 1186 1187 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 1188 if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use); 1189 1190 CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc); 1191 return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false); 1192 } 1193 1194 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) { 1195 // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified 1196 // type for 'this'. 1197 if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull()) 1198 return false; 1199 1200 // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being 1201 // defined. 1202 CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 1203 return Class && Class->isBeingDefined(); 1204 } 1205 1206 ExprResult 1207 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 1208 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1209 MultiExprArg exprs, 1210 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1211 if (!TypeRep) 1212 return ExprError(); 1213 1214 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 1215 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo); 1216 if (!TInfo) 1217 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation()); 1218 1219 // Handle errors like: int({0}) 1220 if (exprs.size() == 1 && !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(Ty) && 1221 LParenLoc.isValid() && RParenLoc.isValid()) 1222 if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(exprs[0])) { 1223 Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens) 1224 << Ty << IList->getSourceRange() 1225 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LParenLoc) 1226 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc); 1227 LParenLoc = RParenLoc = SourceLocation(); 1228 } 1229 1230 auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc); 1231 // Avoid creating a non-type-dependent expression that contains typos. 1232 // Non-type-dependent expressions are liable to be discarded without 1233 // checking for embedded typos. 1234 if (!Result.isInvalid() && Result.get()->isInstantiationDependent() && 1235 !Result.get()->isTypeDependent()) 1236 Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Result.get()); 1237 return Result; 1238 } 1239 1240 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 1241 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 1242 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 1243 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 1244 ExprResult 1245 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1246 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1247 MultiExprArg Exprs, 1248 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1249 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); 1250 SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 1251 1252 if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) { 1253 return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs, 1254 RParenLoc); 1255 } 1256 1257 bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid(); 1258 assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) 1259 && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression."); 1260 SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, 1261 ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc); 1262 1263 // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1: 1264 // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion 1265 // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the 1266 // corresponding cast expression. 1267 if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) { 1268 Expr *Arg = Exprs[0]; 1269 return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc); 1270 } 1271 1272 // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a 1273 // simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete 1274 // object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue 1275 // of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing 1276 // an object of type T. 1277 QualType ElemTy = Ty; 1278 if (Ty->isArrayType()) { 1279 if (!ListInitialization) 1280 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, 1281 diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange); 1282 ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty); 1283 } 1284 1285 if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType()) 1286 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type) 1287 << FullRange); 1288 1289 if (!Ty->isVoidType() && 1290 RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy, 1291 diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange)) 1292 return ExprError(); 1293 1294 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo); 1295 InitializationKind Kind = 1296 Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization 1297 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc) 1298 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc) 1299 : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1300 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1301 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1302 1303 if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization) 1304 return Result; 1305 1306 Expr *Inner = Result.get(); 1307 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner)) 1308 Inner = BTE->getSubExpr(); 1309 if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) { 1310 // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the 1311 // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent 1312 // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here. 1313 // 1314 // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr 1315 // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a 1316 // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast 1317 // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not. 1318 QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType(); 1319 Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create( 1320 Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo, 1321 CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1322 } 1323 1324 return Result; 1325 } 1326 1327 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement 1328 /// deallocation function. 1329 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 1330 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 1331 return false; 1332 1333 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 1334 return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction(); 1335 1336 if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete && 1337 FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete) 1338 return false; 1339 1340 unsigned UsualParams = 1; 1341 1342 if (S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() && 1343 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( 1344 FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(), 1345 S.Context.getSizeType())) 1346 ++UsualParams; 1347 1348 if (S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() && 1349 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( 1350 FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(), 1351 S.Context.getTypeDeclType(S.getStdAlignValT()))) 1352 ++UsualParams; 1353 1354 return UsualParams == FD->getNumParams(); 1355 } 1356 1357 namespace { 1358 struct UsualDeallocFnInfo { 1359 UsualDeallocFnInfo() : Found(), FD(nullptr) {} 1360 UsualDeallocFnInfo(Sema &S, DeclAccessPair Found) 1361 : Found(Found), FD(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())), 1362 HasSizeT(false), HasAlignValT(false), CUDAPref(Sema::CFP_Native) { 1363 // A function template declaration is never a usual deallocation function. 1364 if (!FD) 1365 return; 1366 if (FD->getNumParams() == 3) 1367 HasAlignValT = HasSizeT = true; 1368 else if (FD->getNumParams() == 2) { 1369 HasSizeT = FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isIntegerType(); 1370 HasAlignValT = !HasSizeT; 1371 } 1372 1373 // In CUDA, determine how much we'd like / dislike to call this. 1374 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA) 1375 if (auto *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) 1376 CUDAPref = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD); 1377 } 1378 1379 operator bool() const { return FD; } 1380 1381 bool isBetterThan(const UsualDeallocFnInfo &Other, bool WantSize, 1382 bool WantAlign) const { 1383 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: 1384 // If the type has new-extended alignment, a function with a parameter 1385 // of type std::align_val_t is preferred; otherwise a function without 1386 // such a parameter is preferred 1387 if (HasAlignValT != Other.HasAlignValT) 1388 return HasAlignValT == WantAlign; 1389 1390 if (HasSizeT != Other.HasSizeT) 1391 return HasSizeT == WantSize; 1392 1393 // Use CUDA call preference as a tiebreaker. 1394 return CUDAPref > Other.CUDAPref; 1395 } 1396 1397 DeclAccessPair Found; 1398 FunctionDecl *FD; 1399 bool HasSizeT, HasAlignValT; 1400 Sema::CUDAFunctionPreference CUDAPref; 1401 }; 1402 } 1403 1404 /// Determine whether a type has new-extended alignment. This may be called when 1405 /// the type is incomplete (for a delete-expression with an incomplete pointee 1406 /// type), in which case it will conservatively return false if the alignment is 1407 /// not known. 1408 static bool hasNewExtendedAlignment(Sema &S, QualType AllocType) { 1409 return S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && 1410 S.getASTContext().getTypeAlignIfKnown(AllocType) > 1411 S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getNewAlign(); 1412 } 1413 1414 /// Select the correct "usual" deallocation function to use from a selection of 1415 /// deallocation functions (either global or class-scope). 1416 static UsualDeallocFnInfo resolveDeallocationOverload( 1417 Sema &S, LookupResult &R, bool WantSize, bool WantAlign, 1418 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<UsualDeallocFnInfo> *BestFns = nullptr) { 1419 UsualDeallocFnInfo Best; 1420 1421 for (auto I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) { 1422 UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(S, I.getPair()); 1423 if (!Info || !isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(S, Info.FD) || 1424 Info.CUDAPref == Sema::CFP_Never) 1425 continue; 1426 1427 if (!Best) { 1428 Best = Info; 1429 if (BestFns) 1430 BestFns->push_back(Info); 1431 continue; 1432 } 1433 1434 if (Best.isBetterThan(Info, WantSize, WantAlign)) 1435 continue; 1436 1437 // If more than one preferred function is found, all non-preferred 1438 // functions are eliminated from further consideration. 1439 if (BestFns && Info.isBetterThan(Best, WantSize, WantAlign)) 1440 BestFns->clear(); 1441 1442 Best = Info; 1443 if (BestFns) 1444 BestFns->push_back(Info); 1445 } 1446 1447 return Best; 1448 } 1449 1450 /// Determine whether a given type is a class for which 'delete[]' would call 1451 /// a member 'operator delete[]' with a 'size_t' parameter. This implies that 1452 /// we need to store the array size (even if the type is 1453 /// trivially-destructible). 1454 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, 1455 QualType allocType) { 1456 const RecordType *record = 1457 allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>(); 1458 if (!record) return false; 1459 1460 // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope. 1461 1462 DeclarationName deleteName = 1463 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete); 1464 LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 1465 S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl()); 1466 1467 // We're just doing this for information. 1468 ops.suppressDiagnostics(); 1469 1470 // Very likely: there's no operator delete[]. 1471 if (ops.empty()) return false; 1472 1473 // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[] 1474 // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not. 1475 if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false; 1476 1477 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: 1478 // If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a 1479 // parameter of type std::size_t is selected. 1480 auto Best = resolveDeallocationOverload( 1481 S, ops, /*WantSize*/false, 1482 /*WantAlign*/hasNewExtendedAlignment(S, allocType)); 1483 return Best && Best.HasSizeT; 1484 } 1485 1486 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4). 1487 /// 1488 /// E.g.: 1489 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode 1490 /// or 1491 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode 1492 /// 1493 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression. 1494 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'. 1495 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments. 1496 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments. 1497 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments. 1498 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range. 1499 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions. 1500 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null 1501 /// if there is none. 1502 ExprResult 1503 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 1504 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1505 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1506 Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) { 1507 bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType(); 1508 1509 Expr *ArraySize = nullptr; 1510 // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression. 1511 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 && 1512 D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) { 1513 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0); 1514 if (TypeContainsAuto) 1515 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto) 1516 << D.getSourceRange()); 1517 if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic) 1518 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new) 1519 << D.getSourceRange()); 1520 if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts) 1521 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size) 1522 << D.getSourceRange()); 1523 1524 ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts); 1525 D.DropFirstTypeObject(); 1526 } 1527 1528 // Every dimension shall be of constant size. 1529 if (ArraySize) { 1530 for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) { 1531 if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array) 1532 break; 1533 1534 DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr; 1535 if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) { 1536 if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) { 1537 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1538 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator 1539 // shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t 1540 // and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value. 1541 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 1542 assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1543 llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth); 1544 Array.NumElts 1545 = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value, 1546 CCEK_NewExpr) 1547 .get(); 1548 } else { 1549 Array.NumElts 1550 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr, 1551 diag::err_new_array_nonconst) 1552 .get(); 1553 } 1554 if (!Array.NumElts) 1555 return ExprError(); 1556 } 1557 } 1558 } 1559 } 1560 1561 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr); 1562 QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType(); 1563 if (D.isInvalidType()) 1564 return ExprError(); 1565 1566 SourceRange DirectInitRange; 1567 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1568 DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange(); 1569 // Handle errors like: new int a({0}) 1570 if (List->getNumExprs() == 1 && 1571 !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(AllocType)) 1572 if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(List->getExpr(0))) { 1573 Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens) 1574 << AllocType << List->getSourceRange() 1575 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(List->getLocStart()) 1576 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(List->getLocEnd()); 1577 DirectInitRange = SourceRange(); 1578 Initializer = IList; 1579 } 1580 } 1581 1582 return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal, 1583 PlacementLParen, 1584 PlacementArgs, 1585 PlacementRParen, 1586 TypeIdParens, 1587 AllocType, 1588 TInfo, 1589 ArraySize, 1590 DirectInitRange, 1591 Initializer, 1592 TypeContainsAuto); 1593 } 1594 1595 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style, 1596 Expr *Init) { 1597 if (!Init) 1598 return true; 1599 if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 1600 return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0; 1601 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) 1602 return true; 1603 else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 1604 return !CCE->isListInitialization() && 1605 CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor(); 1606 else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) { 1607 assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 1608 "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays."); 1609 return true; 1610 } 1611 return false; 1612 } 1613 1614 ExprResult 1615 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 1616 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 1617 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1618 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 1619 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1620 QualType AllocType, 1621 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 1622 Expr *ArraySize, 1623 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 1624 Expr *Initializer, 1625 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 1626 SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 1627 SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin(); 1628 1629 CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle; 1630 if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) { 1631 assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer."); 1632 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit; 1633 } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) 1634 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit; 1635 else { 1636 assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) || 1637 isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) && 1638 "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created."); 1639 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit; 1640 } 1641 1642 Expr **Inits = &Initializer; 1643 unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0; 1644 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1645 assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init"); 1646 Inits = List->getExprs(); 1647 NumInits = List->getNumExprs(); 1648 } 1649 1650 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 1651 if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) { 1652 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0) 1653 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg) 1654 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1655 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit || 1656 (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0]))) 1657 return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1658 diag::err_auto_new_list_init) 1659 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1660 if (NumInits > 1) { 1661 Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1]; 1662 return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(), 1663 diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions) 1664 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1665 } 1666 Expr *Deduce = Inits[0]; 1667 QualType DeducedType; 1668 if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) 1669 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure) 1670 << AllocType << Deduce->getType() 1671 << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange()); 1672 if (DeducedType.isNull()) 1673 return ExprError(); 1674 AllocType = DeducedType; 1675 } 1676 1677 // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a 1678 // typedef of an array type. 1679 if (!ArraySize) { 1680 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array 1681 = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) { 1682 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(), 1683 Context.getSizeType(), 1684 TypeRange.getEnd()); 1685 AllocType = Array->getElementType(); 1686 } 1687 } 1688 1689 if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange)) 1690 return ExprError(); 1691 1692 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit && 1693 isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) { 1694 Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 1695 diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list) 1696 << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange(); 1697 } 1698 1699 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated 1700 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 1701 AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1702 AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 1703 AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType, 1704 AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime()); 1705 } 1706 1707 QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType); 1708 1709 if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { 1710 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize); 1711 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 1712 ArraySize = result.get(); 1713 } 1714 // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have 1715 // integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value." 1716 // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped 1717 // enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit 1718 // conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists. 1719 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to 1720 // std::size_t. 1721 llvm::Optional<uint64_t> KnownArraySize; 1722 if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) { 1723 ExprResult ConvertedSize; 1724 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1725 assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1726 1727 ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(), 1728 AA_Converting); 1729 1730 if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() && 1731 ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 1732 // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion. 1733 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion) 1734 << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'"; 1735 } else { 1736 class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1737 protected: 1738 Expr *ArraySize; 1739 1740 public: 1741 SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize) 1742 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false), 1743 ArraySize(ArraySize) {} 1744 1745 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1746 QualType T) override { 1747 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral) 1748 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T; 1749 } 1750 1751 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete( 1752 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1753 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type) 1754 << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1755 } 1756 1757 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 1758 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { 1759 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 1760 } 1761 1762 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv( 1763 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1764 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1765 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1766 } 1767 1768 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous( 1769 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1770 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T; 1771 } 1772 1773 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous( 1774 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1775 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1776 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1777 } 1778 1779 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1780 QualType T, 1781 QualType ConvTy) override { 1782 return S.Diag(Loc, 1783 S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 1784 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion 1785 : diag::ext_array_size_conversion) 1786 << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1787 } 1788 } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize); 1789 1790 ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize, 1791 SizeDiagnoser); 1792 } 1793 if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid()) 1794 return ExprError(); 1795 1796 ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get(); 1797 QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType(); 1798 1799 if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) 1800 return ExprError(); 1801 1802 // C++98 [expr.new]p7: 1803 // The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type 1804 // with a non-negative value. 1805 // 1806 // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand, 1807 // per CWG1464. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an 1808 // unparenthesized array type. 1809 if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) { 1810 llvm::APSInt Value; 1811 // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or 1812 // unscoped enumeration type. 1813 // FIXME: Per CWG1464, we are required to check the value prior to 1814 // converting to size_t. This will never find a negative array size in 1815 // C++14 onwards, because Value is always unsigned here! 1816 if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) { 1817 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 1818 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1819 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size) 1820 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1821 } 1822 1823 if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) { 1824 unsigned ActiveSizeBits = 1825 ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value); 1826 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) 1827 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1828 diag::err_array_too_large) 1829 << Value.toString(10) 1830 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1831 } 1832 1833 KnownArraySize = Value.getZExtValue(); 1834 } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) { 1835 // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses. 1836 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst) 1837 << ArraySize->getSourceRange() 1838 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin()) 1839 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd()); 1840 1841 TypeIdParens = SourceRange(); 1842 } 1843 } 1844 1845 // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can 1846 // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever. 1847 } 1848 1849 FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr; 1850 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1851 unsigned Alignment = 1852 AllocType->isDependentType() ? 0 : Context.getTypeAlign(AllocType); 1853 unsigned NewAlignment = Context.getTargetInfo().getNewAlign(); 1854 bool PassAlignment = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && 1855 Alignment > NewAlignment; 1856 1857 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1858 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) && 1859 FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc, 1860 SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen), 1861 UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PassAlignment, 1862 PlacementArgs, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete)) 1863 return ExprError(); 1864 1865 // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array 1866 // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter. 1867 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 1868 if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType()) 1869 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 1870 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType); 1871 1872 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs; 1873 if (OperatorNew) { 1874 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 1875 OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1876 VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction 1877 : VariadicDoesNotApply; 1878 1879 // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default 1880 // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding 1881 // argument. Skip the second parameter too if we're passing in the 1882 // alignment; we've already filled it in. 1883 if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1884 PassAlignment ? 2 : 1, PlacementArgs, 1885 AllPlaceArgs, CallType)) 1886 return ExprError(); 1887 1888 if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty()) 1889 PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs; 1890 1891 // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument. 1892 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs); 1893 1894 // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent 1895 1896 // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by (unaligned) 1897 // global operator new. 1898 if (PlacementArgs.empty() && !PassAlignment && 1899 (OperatorNew->isImplicit() || 1900 (OperatorNew->getLocStart().isValid() && 1901 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart())))) { 1902 if (Alignment > NewAlignment) 1903 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type) 1904 << AllocType 1905 << unsigned(Alignment / Context.getCharWidth()) 1906 << unsigned(NewAlignment / Context.getCharWidth()); 1907 } 1908 } 1909 1910 // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses. 1911 // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the 1912 // dialect distinction. 1913 if (ArraySize && !isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) { 1914 SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1915 Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd()); 1916 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange; 1917 return ExprError(); 1918 } 1919 1920 // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so, 1921 // do it now. 1922 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1923 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments( 1924 llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) { 1925 // The type we initialize is the complete type, including the array bound. 1926 QualType InitType; 1927 if (KnownArraySize) 1928 InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType( 1929 AllocType, llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), 1930 *KnownArraySize), 1931 ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1932 else if (ArraySize) 1933 InitType = 1934 Context.getIncompleteArrayType(AllocType, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1935 else 1936 InitType = AllocType; 1937 1938 // C++11 [expr.new]p15: 1939 // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that 1940 // object as follows: 1941 InitializationKind Kind 1942 // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default- 1943 // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed, 1944 // the object has indeterminate value 1945 = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit 1946 ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1947 // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the 1948 // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization. 1949 : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit 1950 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1951 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(), 1952 DirectInitRange.getBegin(), 1953 DirectInitRange.getEnd()); 1954 1955 InitializedEntity Entity 1956 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType); 1957 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 1958 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1959 ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 1960 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1961 if (FullInit.isInvalid()) 1962 return ExprError(); 1963 1964 // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because 1965 // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed. 1966 // FIXME: We should not create these in the first place. 1967 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder = 1968 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get())) 1969 FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr(); 1970 1971 Initializer = FullInit.get(); 1972 } 1973 1974 // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced. 1975 if (OperatorNew) { 1976 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc)) 1977 return ExprError(); 1978 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew); 1979 } 1980 if (OperatorDelete) { 1981 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc)) 1982 return ExprError(); 1983 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 1984 } 1985 1986 // C++0x [expr.new]p17: 1987 // If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type, 1988 // access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor. 1989 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1990 if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) { 1991 if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1992 if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor( 1993 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) { 1994 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor); 1995 CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor, 1996 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) 1997 << BaseAllocType); 1998 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc)) 1999 return ExprError(); 2000 } 2001 } 2002 } 2003 2004 return new (Context) 2005 CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, PassAlignment, 2006 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens, 2007 ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo, 2008 Range, DirectInitRange); 2009 } 2010 2011 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type 2012 /// in a new-expression. 2013 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 2014 SourceRange R) { 2015 // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an 2016 // abstract class type or array thereof. 2017 if (AllocType->isFunctionType()) 2018 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 2019 << AllocType << 0 << R; 2020 else if (AllocType->isReferenceType()) 2021 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 2022 << AllocType << 1 << R; 2023 else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 2024 RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R)) 2025 return true; 2026 else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType, 2027 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 2028 return true; 2029 else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2030 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type) 2031 << AllocType; 2032 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace()) 2033 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new) 2034 << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 2035 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { 2036 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) { 2037 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT); 2038 if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 2039 BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) 2040 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership) 2041 << BaseAllocType; 2042 } 2043 } 2044 2045 return false; 2046 } 2047 2048 static bool 2049 resolveAllocationOverload(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, SourceRange Range, 2050 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args, bool &PassAlignment, 2051 FunctionDecl *&Operator, 2052 OverloadCandidateSet *AlignedCandidates = nullptr, 2053 Expr *AlignArg = nullptr) { 2054 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(), 2055 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); 2056 for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2057 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2058 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as 2059 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate. 2060 NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2061 2062 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 2063 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(), 2064 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args, 2065 Candidates, 2066 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 2067 continue; 2068 } 2069 2070 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 2071 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates, 2072 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 2073 } 2074 2075 // Do the resolution. 2076 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 2077 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) { 2078 case OR_Success: { 2079 // Got one! 2080 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; 2081 if (S.CheckAllocationAccess(R.getNameLoc(), Range, R.getNamingClass(), 2082 Best->FoundDecl) == Sema::AR_inaccessible) 2083 return true; 2084 2085 Operator = FnDecl; 2086 return false; 2087 } 2088 2089 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 2090 // C++17 [expr.new]p13: 2091 // If no matching function is found and the allocated object type has 2092 // new-extended alignment, the alignment argument is removed from the 2093 // argument list, and overload resolution is performed again. 2094 if (PassAlignment) { 2095 PassAlignment = false; 2096 AlignArg = Args[1]; 2097 Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1); 2098 return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment, 2099 Operator, &Candidates, AlignArg); 2100 } 2101 2102 // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new 2103 // if operator new[] cannot be found. Also, MSVC will leak by not 2104 // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we 2105 // will not replicate that bug. 2106 // FIXME: Find out how this interacts with the std::align_val_t fallback 2107 // once MSVC implements it. 2108 if (R.getLookupName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New && 2109 S.Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 2110 R.clear(); 2111 R.setLookupName(S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New)); 2112 S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2113 // FIXME: This will give bad diagnostics pointing at the wrong functions. 2114 return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment, 2115 Operator, nullptr); 2116 } 2117 2118 S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 2119 << R.getLookupName() << Range; 2120 2121 // If we have aligned candidates, only note the align_val_t candidates 2122 // from AlignedCandidates and the non-align_val_t candidates from 2123 // Candidates. 2124 if (AlignedCandidates) { 2125 auto IsAligned = [](OverloadCandidate &C) { 2126 return C.Function->getNumParams() > 1 && 2127 C.Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isAlignValT(); 2128 }; 2129 auto IsUnaligned = [&](OverloadCandidate &C) { return !IsAligned(C); }; 2130 2131 // This was an overaligned allocation, so list the aligned candidates 2132 // first. 2133 Args.insert(Args.begin() + 1, AlignArg); 2134 AlignedCandidates->NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", 2135 R.getNameLoc(), IsAligned); 2136 Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1); 2137 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", R.getNameLoc(), 2138 IsUnaligned); 2139 } else { 2140 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2141 } 2142 return true; 2143 2144 case OR_Ambiguous: 2145 S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) 2146 << R.getLookupName() << Range; 2147 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args); 2148 return true; 2149 2150 case OR_Deleted: { 2151 S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) 2152 << Best->Function->isDeleted() 2153 << R.getLookupName() 2154 << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) 2155 << Range; 2156 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2157 return true; 2158 } 2159 } 2160 llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction"); 2161 } 2162 2163 2164 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete 2165 /// that are appropriate for the allocation. 2166 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 2167 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, 2168 bool IsArray, bool &PassAlignment, 2169 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 2170 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 2171 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) { 2172 // --- Choosing an allocation function --- 2173 // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18 2174 // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look 2175 // in the scope of the allocated class. 2176 // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for 2177 // operator new. 2178 // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the 2179 // placement form. 2180 2181 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs; 2182 AllocArgs.reserve((PassAlignment ? 2 : 1) + PlaceArgs.size()); 2183 2184 // We don't care about the actual value of these arguments. 2185 // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax 2186 // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value? 2187 // FIXME: Using a dummy value will interact poorly with attribute enable_if. 2188 IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue( 2189 Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)), 2190 Context.getSizeType(), 2191 SourceLocation()); 2192 AllocArgs.push_back(&Size); 2193 2194 QualType AlignValT = Context.VoidTy; 2195 if (PassAlignment) { 2196 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2197 AlignValT = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT()); 2198 } 2199 CXXScalarValueInitExpr Align(AlignValT, nullptr, SourceLocation()); 2200 if (PassAlignment) 2201 AllocArgs.push_back(&Align); 2202 2203 AllocArgs.insert(AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end()); 2204 2205 // C++ [expr.new]p8: 2206 // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation 2207 // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's 2208 // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array 2209 // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the 2210 // deallocation function's name is operator delete[]. 2211 DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2212 IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New); 2213 2214 QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 2215 2216 // Find the allocation function. 2217 { 2218 LookupResult R(*this, NewName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2219 2220 // C++1z [expr.new]p9: 2221 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the allocation 2222 // function's name is looked up in the global scope. Otherwise, if the 2223 // allocated type is a class type T or array thereof, the allocation 2224 // function's name is looked up in the scope of T. 2225 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) 2226 LookupQualifiedName(R, AllocElemType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()); 2227 2228 // We can see ambiguity here if the allocation function is found in 2229 // multiple base classes. 2230 if (R.isAmbiguous()) 2231 return true; 2232 2233 // If this lookup fails to find the name, or if the allocated type is not 2234 // a class type, the allocation function's name is looked up in the 2235 // global scope. 2236 if (R.empty()) 2237 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2238 2239 assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found"); 2240 assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous"); 2241 2242 // We do our own custom access checks below. 2243 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 2244 2245 if (resolveAllocationOverload(*this, R, Range, AllocArgs, PassAlignment, 2246 OperatorNew)) 2247 return true; 2248 } 2249 2250 // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under -fno-exceptions. 2251 if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) { 2252 OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2253 return false; 2254 } 2255 2256 // Note, the name of OperatorNew might have been changed from array to 2257 // non-array by resolveAllocationOverload. 2258 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2259 OperatorNew->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New 2260 ? OO_Array_Delete 2261 : OO_Delete); 2262 2263 // C++ [expr.new]p19: 2264 // 2265 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the 2266 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global 2267 // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an 2268 // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in 2269 // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if 2270 // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the 2271 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope. 2272 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2273 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 2274 CXXRecordDecl *RD 2275 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 2276 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD); 2277 } 2278 if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous()) 2279 return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions? 2280 2281 bool FoundGlobalDelete = FoundDelete.empty(); 2282 if (FoundDelete.empty()) { 2283 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2284 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2285 } 2286 2287 FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics(); 2288 2289 SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches; 2290 2291 // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated 2292 // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether 2293 // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like 2294 // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... }; 2295 // A *a = new A() 2296 // 2297 // We don't have any definition for what a "placement allocation function" 2298 // is, but we assume it's any allocation function whose 2299 // parameter-declaration-clause is anything other than (size_t). 2300 // 2301 // FIXME: Should (size_t, std::align_val_t) also be considered non-placement? 2302 // This affects whether an exception from the constructor of an overaligned 2303 // type uses the sized or non-sized form of aligned operator delete. 2304 bool isPlacementNew = !PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1 || 2305 OperatorNew->isVariadic(); 2306 2307 if (isPlacementNew) { 2308 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2309 // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the 2310 // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the 2311 // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations 2312 // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are 2313 // identical. [...] 2314 // 2315 // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that 2316 // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both 2317 // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes. 2318 QualType ExpectedFunctionType; 2319 { 2320 const FunctionProtoType *Proto 2321 = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2322 2323 SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes; 2324 ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy); 2325 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I) 2326 ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I)); 2327 2328 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2329 // FIXME: This is not part of the standard's rule. 2330 EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic(); 2331 2332 ExpectedFunctionType 2333 = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI); 2334 } 2335 2336 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 2337 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 2338 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2339 FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; 2340 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl = 2341 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) { 2342 // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the 2343 // expected function type. 2344 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc); 2345 if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, 2346 Info)) 2347 continue; 2348 } else 2349 Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()); 2350 2351 if (Context.hasSameType(adjustCCAndNoReturn(Fn->getType(), 2352 ExpectedFunctionType, 2353 /*AdjustExcpetionSpec*/true), 2354 ExpectedFunctionType)) 2355 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 2356 } 2357 2358 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 2359 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); 2360 } else { 2361 // C++1y [expr.new]p22: 2362 // For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation 2363 // function lookup is used 2364 // 2365 // Per [expr.delete]p10, this lookup prefers a member operator delete 2366 // without a size_t argument, but prefers a non-member operator delete 2367 // with a size_t where possible (which it always is in this case). 2368 llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> BestDeallocFns; 2369 UsualDeallocFnInfo Selected = resolveDeallocationOverload( 2370 *this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/ FoundGlobalDelete, 2371 /*WantAlign*/ hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, AllocElemType), 2372 &BestDeallocFns); 2373 if (Selected) 2374 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Selected.Found, Selected.FD)); 2375 else { 2376 // If we failed to select an operator, all remaining functions are viable 2377 // but ambiguous. 2378 for (auto Fn : BestDeallocFns) 2379 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Fn.Found, Fn.FD)); 2380 } 2381 } 2382 2383 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2384 // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation 2385 // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no 2386 // deallocation function will be called. 2387 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2388 OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second; 2389 2390 // C++1z [expr.new]p23: 2391 // If the lookup finds a usual deallocation function (3.7.4.2) 2392 // with a parameter of type std::size_t and that function, considered 2393 // as a placement deallocation function, would have been 2394 // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program 2395 // is ill-formed. 2396 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isPlacementNew && 2397 isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) { 2398 UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(*this, 2399 DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public)); 2400 // Core issue, per mail to core reflector, 2016-10-09: 2401 // If this is a member operator delete, and there is a corresponding 2402 // non-sized member operator delete, this isn't /really/ a sized 2403 // deallocation function, it just happens to have a size_t parameter. 2404 bool IsSizedDelete = Info.HasSizeT; 2405 if (IsSizedDelete && !FoundGlobalDelete) { 2406 auto NonSizedDelete = 2407 resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/false, 2408 /*WantAlign*/Info.HasAlignValT); 2409 if (NonSizedDelete && !NonSizedDelete.HasSizeT && 2410 NonSizedDelete.HasAlignValT == Info.HasAlignValT) 2411 IsSizedDelete = false; 2412 } 2413 2414 if (IsSizedDelete) { 2415 SourceRange R = PlaceArgs.empty() 2416 ? SourceRange() 2417 : SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(), 2418 PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd()); 2419 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) << R; 2420 if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit()) 2421 Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 2422 << DeleteName; 2423 } 2424 } 2425 2426 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(), 2427 Matches[0].first); 2428 } else if (!Matches.empty()) { 2429 // We found multiple suitable operators. Per [expr.new]p20, that means we 2430 // call no 'operator delete' function, but we should at least warn the user. 2431 // FIXME: Suppress this warning if the construction cannot throw. 2432 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_ambiguous_suitable_delete_function_found) 2433 << DeleteName << AllocElemType; 2434 2435 for (auto &Match : Matches) 2436 Diag(Match.second->getLocation(), 2437 diag::note_member_declared_here) << DeleteName; 2438 } 2439 2440 return false; 2441 } 2442 2443 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and 2444 /// delete. These are: 2445 /// @code 2446 /// // C++03: 2447 /// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2448 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2449 /// void operator delete(void *) throw(); 2450 /// void operator delete[](void *) throw(); 2451 /// // C++11: 2452 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2453 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2454 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2455 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2456 /// // C++1y: 2457 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2458 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2459 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2460 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2461 /// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2462 /// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2463 /// @endcode 2464 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly 2465 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>. 2466 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() { 2467 if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared) 2468 return; 2469 2470 // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2: 2471 // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are 2472 // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a 2473 // program 2474 // 2475 // C++03: 2476 // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2477 // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2478 // void operator delete(void*) throw(); 2479 // void operator delete[](void*) throw(); 2480 // C++11: 2481 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2482 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2483 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2484 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2485 // C++1y: 2486 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2487 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2488 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2489 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2490 // void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2491 // void operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2492 // 2493 // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator 2494 // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[]. 2495 // 2496 // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare 2497 // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification. 2498 // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name 2499 // lookup. 2500 if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2501 // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it 2502 // implicitly. 2503 StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class, 2504 getOrCreateStdNamespace(), 2505 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2506 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"), 2507 nullptr); 2508 getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true); 2509 } 2510 if (!StdAlignValT && getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation) { 2511 // The "std::align_val_t" enum class has not yet been declared, so build it 2512 // implicitly. 2513 auto *AlignValT = EnumDecl::Create( 2514 Context, getOrCreateStdNamespace(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2515 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("align_val_t"), nullptr, true, true, true); 2516 AlignValT->setIntegerType(Context.getSizeType()); 2517 AlignValT->setPromotionType(Context.getSizeType()); 2518 AlignValT->setImplicit(true); 2519 StdAlignValT = AlignValT; 2520 } 2521 2522 GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true; 2523 2524 QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 2525 QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType(); 2526 2527 auto DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions = [&](OverloadedOperatorKind Kind, 2528 QualType Return, QualType Param) { 2529 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> Params; 2530 Params.push_back(Param); 2531 2532 // Create up to four variants of the function (sized/aligned). 2533 bool HasSizedVariant = getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && 2534 (Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete); 2535 bool HasAlignedVariant = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation; 2536 2537 int NumSizeVariants = (HasSizedVariant ? 2 : 1); 2538 int NumAlignVariants = (HasAlignedVariant ? 2 : 1); 2539 for (int Sized = 0; Sized < NumSizeVariants; ++Sized) { 2540 if (Sized) 2541 Params.push_back(SizeT); 2542 2543 for (int Aligned = 0; Aligned < NumAlignVariants; ++Aligned) { 2544 if (Aligned) 2545 Params.push_back(Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT())); 2546 2547 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2548 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Kind), Return, Params); 2549 2550 if (Aligned) 2551 Params.pop_back(); 2552 } 2553 } 2554 }; 2555 2556 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_New, VoidPtr, SizeT); 2557 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_New, VoidPtr, SizeT); 2558 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2559 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2560 } 2561 2562 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global 2563 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist. 2564 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, 2565 QualType Return, 2566 ArrayRef<QualType> Params) { 2567 DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2568 2569 // Check if this function is already declared. 2570 DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name); 2571 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2572 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2573 // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined, 2574 // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here. 2575 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) { 2576 if (Func->getNumParams() == Params.size()) { 2577 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> FuncParams; 2578 for (auto *P : Func->parameters()) 2579 FuncParams.push_back( 2580 Context.getCanonicalType(P->getType().getUnqualifiedType())); 2581 if (llvm::makeArrayRef(FuncParams) == Params) { 2582 // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in 2583 // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global 2584 // allocation function, or is suppressing that function. 2585 Func->setHidden(false); 2586 return; 2587 } 2588 } 2589 } 2590 } 2591 2592 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2593 2594 QualType BadAllocType; 2595 bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec 2596 = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 2597 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New); 2598 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) { 2599 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2600 BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc()); 2601 assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared"); 2602 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic; 2603 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType); 2604 } 2605 } else { 2606 EPI.ExceptionSpec = 2607 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone; 2608 } 2609 2610 auto CreateAllocationFunctionDecl = [&](Attr *ExtraAttr) { 2611 QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, Params, EPI); 2612 FunctionDecl *Alloc = FunctionDecl::Create( 2613 Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Name, 2614 FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true); 2615 Alloc->setImplicit(); 2616 2617 // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility. 2618 Alloc->addAttr( 2619 VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, VisibilityAttr::Default)); 2620 2621 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 3> ParamDecls; 2622 for (QualType T : Params) { 2623 ParamDecls.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create( 2624 Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr, T, 2625 /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr)); 2626 ParamDecls.back()->setImplicit(); 2627 } 2628 Alloc->setParams(ParamDecls); 2629 if (ExtraAttr) 2630 Alloc->addAttr(ExtraAttr); 2631 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc); 2632 IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name); 2633 }; 2634 2635 if (!LangOpts.CUDA) 2636 CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(nullptr); 2637 else { 2638 // Host and device get their own declaration so each can be 2639 // defined or re-declared independently. 2640 CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 2641 CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 2642 } 2643 } 2644 2645 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, 2646 bool CanProvideSize, 2647 bool Overaligned, 2648 DeclarationName Name) { 2649 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2650 2651 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2652 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2653 2654 // FIXME: It's possible for this to result in ambiguity, through a 2655 // user-declared variadic operator delete or the enable_if attribute. We 2656 // should probably not consider those cases to be usual deallocation 2657 // functions. But for now we just make an arbitrary choice in that case. 2658 auto Result = resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, CanProvideSize, 2659 Overaligned); 2660 assert(Result.FD && "operator delete missing from global scope?"); 2661 return Result.FD; 2662 } 2663 2664 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, 2665 CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 2666 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete); 2667 2668 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2669 if (FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, RD, Name, OperatorDelete)) 2670 return nullptr; 2671 if (OperatorDelete) 2672 return OperatorDelete; 2673 2674 // If there's no class-specific operator delete, look up the global 2675 // non-array delete. 2676 return FindUsualDeallocationFunction( 2677 Loc, true, hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)), 2678 Name); 2679 } 2680 2681 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 2682 DeclarationName Name, 2683 FunctionDecl *&Operator, bool Diagnose) { 2684 LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2685 // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope. 2686 LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD); 2687 2688 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 2689 return true; 2690 2691 Found.suppressDiagnostics(); 2692 2693 bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)); 2694 2695 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: 2696 // If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a 2697 // parameter of type std::size_t is selected. 2698 llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> Matches; 2699 resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, Found, /*WantSize*/ false, 2700 /*WantAlign*/ Overaligned, &Matches); 2701 2702 // If we could find an overload, use it. 2703 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2704 Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0].FD); 2705 2706 // FIXME: DiagnoseUseOfDecl? 2707 if (Operator->isDeleted()) { 2708 if (Diagnose) { 2709 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); 2710 NoteDeletedFunction(Operator); 2711 } 2712 return true; 2713 } 2714 2715 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(), 2716 Matches[0].Found, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2717 return true; 2718 2719 return false; 2720 } 2721 2722 // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity. 2723 // FIXME: The standard doesn't say to do this; it appears that the intent 2724 // is that this should never happen. 2725 if (!Matches.empty()) { 2726 if (Diagnose) { 2727 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2728 << Name << RD; 2729 for (auto &Match : Matches) 2730 Diag(Match.FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2731 } 2732 return true; 2733 } 2734 2735 // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but 2736 // none of them were suitable. 2737 if (!Found.empty()) { 2738 if (Diagnose) { 2739 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2740 << Name << RD; 2741 2742 for (NamedDecl *D : Found) 2743 Diag(D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2744 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2745 } 2746 return true; 2747 } 2748 2749 Operator = nullptr; 2750 return false; 2751 } 2752 2753 namespace { 2754 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for 2755 /// initializing deletee have the same array form. 2756 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector { 2757 public: 2758 enum MismatchResult { 2759 /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven. 2760 NoMismatch, 2761 /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2762 VarInitMismatches, 2763 /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2764 MemberInitMismatches, 2765 /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been 2766 /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit. 2767 AnalyzeLater 2768 }; 2769 2770 /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of 2771 /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point 2772 /// delete-expression was encountered. 2773 explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU) 2774 : Field(nullptr), IsArrayForm(false), EndOfTU(EndOfTU), 2775 HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {} 2776 2777 /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with 2778 /// matching form of new-expression. 2779 /// 2780 /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the 2781 /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be 2782 /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where 2783 /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of 2784 /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor 2785 /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member 2786 /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch. 2787 MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); 2788 /// \brief Analyzes a class member. 2789 /// \param Field Class member to analyze. 2790 /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used 2791 /// for deleting the \p Field. 2792 MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm); 2793 FieldDecl *Field; 2794 /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee 2795 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs; 2796 /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form. 2797 bool IsArrayForm; 2798 2799 private: 2800 const bool EndOfTU; 2801 /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body. 2802 bool HasUndefinedConstructors; 2803 /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression. 2804 /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression. 2805 /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression. 2806 const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E); 2807 /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of 2808 /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization. 2809 /// 2810 /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation 2811 /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching 2812 /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return 2813 /// \c NoMismatch. 2814 MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME); 2815 /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of 2816 /// \c new. 2817 /// 2818 /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not 2819 /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true. 2820 /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false. 2821 /// \param D Variable to analyze. 2822 bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D); 2823 /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching 2824 /// form of \c new. 2825 /// 2826 /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in 2827 /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the 2828 /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given 2829 /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or 2830 /// member isn't initialized by the constructor. 2831 bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 2832 /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of 2833 /// \c new in member initializer list. 2834 bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI); 2835 /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by 2836 /// in-class initializer. 2837 MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer(); 2838 }; 2839 } 2840 2841 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2842 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2843 NewExprs.clear(); 2844 assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression"); 2845 IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm(); 2846 const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2847 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) { 2848 return analyzeMemberExpr(ME); 2849 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 2850 if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D)) 2851 return VarInitMismatches; 2852 } 2853 return NoMismatch; 2854 } 2855 2856 const CXXNewExpr * 2857 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) { 2858 assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression"); 2859 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2860 if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) { 2861 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 2862 E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 2863 } 2864 2865 return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E); 2866 } 2867 2868 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit( 2869 const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) { 2870 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2871 if (Field == CI->getMember() && 2872 (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) { 2873 if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm) 2874 return true; 2875 else 2876 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2877 } 2878 return false; 2879 } 2880 2881 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor( 2882 const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) { 2883 if (CD->isImplicit()) 2884 return false; 2885 const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD; 2886 if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) { 2887 HasUndefinedConstructors = true; 2888 return EndOfTU; 2889 } 2890 for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) { 2891 if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI)) 2892 return true; 2893 } 2894 return false; 2895 } 2896 2897 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2898 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() { 2899 assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members"); 2900 const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer(); 2901 if (!InitExpr) 2902 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2903 if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) { 2904 if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2905 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2906 return MemberInitMismatches; 2907 } 2908 } 2909 return NoMismatch; 2910 } 2911 2912 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2913 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, 2914 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2915 assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member."); 2916 this->Field = Field; 2917 IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm; 2918 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent()); 2919 for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) { 2920 if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD)) 2921 return NoMismatch; 2922 } 2923 if (HasUndefinedConstructors) 2924 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2925 if (!NewExprs.empty()) 2926 return MemberInitMismatches; 2927 return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer() 2928 : NoMismatch; 2929 } 2930 2931 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2932 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) { 2933 assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression"); 2934 if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 2935 return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm); 2936 return NoMismatch; 2937 } 2938 2939 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) { 2940 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2941 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) { 2942 if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) && 2943 NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2944 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2945 } 2946 } 2947 return NewExprs.empty(); 2948 } 2949 2950 static void 2951 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2952 const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) { 2953 SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc); 2954 FixItHint H; 2955 if (!Detector.IsArrayForm) 2956 H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]"); 2957 else { 2958 SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 2959 DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(), 2960 SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true); 2961 if (RSquare.isValid()) 2962 H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare)); 2963 } 2964 SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new) 2965 << Detector.IsArrayForm << H; 2966 2967 for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs) 2968 SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here) 2969 << Detector.IsArrayForm; 2970 } 2971 2972 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2973 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation())) 2974 return; 2975 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false); 2976 switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) { 2977 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2978 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: { 2979 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector); 2980 break; 2981 } 2982 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: { 2983 DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back( 2984 std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm())); 2985 break; 2986 } 2987 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2988 break; 2989 } 2990 } 2991 2992 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2993 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2994 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true); 2995 switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) { 2996 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2997 llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members."); 2998 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: 2999 llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of " 3000 "translation unit."); 3001 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: 3002 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector); 3003 break; 3004 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 3005 break; 3006 } 3007 } 3008 3009 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in: 3010 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode 3011 /// or 3012 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode 3013 ExprResult 3014 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3015 bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) { 3016 // C++ [expr.delete]p1: 3017 // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single 3018 // non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type 3019 // void. 3020 // 3021 // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases. 3022 3023 ExprResult Ex = ExE; 3024 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 3025 bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm; 3026 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 3027 3028 if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 3029 // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed. 3030 Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get()); 3031 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 3032 return ExprError(); 3033 3034 QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 3035 3036 class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 3037 public: 3038 DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {} 3039 3040 bool match(QualType ConvType) override { 3041 // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick 3042 // the operator T*. 3043 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) 3044 if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 3045 return true; 3046 return false; 3047 } 3048 3049 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3050 QualType T) override { 3051 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T; 3052 } 3053 3054 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3055 QualType T) override { 3056 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T; 3057 } 3058 3059 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3060 QualType T, 3061 QualType ConvTy) override { 3062 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 3063 } 3064 3065 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 3066 QualType ConvTy) override { 3067 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 3068 << ConvTy; 3069 } 3070 3071 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3072 QualType T) override { 3073 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T; 3074 } 3075 3076 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 3077 QualType ConvTy) override { 3078 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 3079 << ConvTy; 3080 } 3081 3082 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3083 QualType T, 3084 QualType ConvTy) override { 3085 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted"); 3086 } 3087 } Converter; 3088 3089 Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter); 3090 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 3091 return ExprError(); 3092 Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 3093 if (!Converter.match(Type)) 3094 // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError 3095 // itself in this case. 3096 return ExprError(); 3097 3098 QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3099 QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee); 3100 3101 if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace()) 3102 return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(), 3103 diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete) 3104 << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 3105 3106 CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr; 3107 if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) { 3108 // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which 3109 // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support 3110 // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context. 3111 Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand) 3112 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange(); 3113 } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) { 3114 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand) 3115 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()); 3116 } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) { 3117 // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a 3118 // module but is hidden. 3119 if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 3120 diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) { 3121 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) 3122 PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 3123 } 3124 } 3125 3126 if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) { 3127 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type) 3128 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange() 3129 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]"); 3130 ArrayForm = true; 3131 } 3132 3133 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3134 ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 3135 3136 if (PointeeRD) { 3137 if (!UseGlobal && 3138 FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName, 3139 OperatorDelete)) 3140 return ExprError(); 3141 3142 // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the 3143 // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter. 3144 if (ArrayForm) { 3145 // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator, 3146 // we'll need to do the lookup into the class. 3147 if (UseGlobal) 3148 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 3149 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem); 3150 3151 // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the 3152 // function we just found. 3153 else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete)) 3154 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 3155 UsualDeallocFnInfo(*this, 3156 DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public)) 3157 .HasSizeT; 3158 } 3159 3160 if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) 3161 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 3162 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, 3163 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor)); 3164 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc)) 3165 return ExprError(); 3166 } 3167 3168 CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc, 3169 /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true, 3170 /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm, 3171 SourceLocation()); 3172 } 3173 3174 if (!OperatorDelete) { 3175 bool IsComplete = isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee); 3176 bool CanProvideSize = 3177 IsComplete && (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize || 3178 Pointee.isDestructedType()); 3179 bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Pointee); 3180 3181 // Look for a global declaration. 3182 OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, CanProvideSize, 3183 Overaligned, DeleteName); 3184 } 3185 3186 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 3187 3188 // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor. 3189 if (PointeeRD) { 3190 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 3191 CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor, 3192 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem); 3193 } 3194 } 3195 } 3196 3197 CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr( 3198 Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten, 3199 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc); 3200 AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result); 3201 return Result; 3202 } 3203 3204 void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, 3205 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, 3206 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, 3207 SourceLocation DtorLoc) { 3208 if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual) 3209 return; 3210 3211 // C++ [expr.delete]p3: 3212 // In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the 3213 // object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static 3214 // type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be 3215 // deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the 3216 // behavior is undefined. 3217 // 3218 const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent(); 3219 // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there 3220 if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) 3221 return; 3222 3223 QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType(); 3224 if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) { 3225 // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're 3226 // sure the code has undefined behavior. 3227 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 3228 << ClassType; 3229 } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) { 3230 // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect, 3231 // but not necessarily wrong. 3232 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 3233 << ClassType; 3234 } 3235 if (!IsDelete) { 3236 std::string TypeStr; 3237 ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy()); 3238 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual) 3239 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::"); 3240 } 3241 } 3242 3243 Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar, 3244 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3245 ConditionKind CK) { 3246 ExprResult E = 3247 CheckConditionVariable(cast<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), StmtLoc, CK); 3248 if (E.isInvalid()) 3249 return ConditionError(); 3250 return ConditionResult(*this, ConditionVar, MakeFullExpr(E.get(), StmtLoc), 3251 CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf); 3252 } 3253 3254 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if, 3255 /// while, do-while, or switch statement. 3256 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3257 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3258 ConditionKind CK) { 3259 if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl()) 3260 return ExprError(); 3261 3262 QualType T = ConditionVar->getType(); 3263 3264 // C++ [stmt.select]p2: 3265 // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array. 3266 if (T->isFunctionType()) 3267 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3268 diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type) 3269 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 3270 else if (T->isArrayType()) 3271 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3272 diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type) 3273 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 3274 3275 ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create( 3276 Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar, 3277 /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3278 ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue); 3279 3280 MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get())); 3281 3282 switch (CK) { 3283 case ConditionKind::Boolean: 3284 return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get()); 3285 3286 case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf: 3287 return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get(), true); 3288 3289 case ConditionKind::Switch: 3290 return CheckSwitchCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get()); 3291 } 3292 3293 llvm_unreachable("unexpected condition kind"); 3294 } 3295 3296 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid. 3297 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr) { 3298 // C++ 6.4p4: 3299 // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement 3300 // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable 3301 // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the 3302 // program is ill-formed. 3303 // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the 3304 // expression, implicitly converted to bool. 3305 // 3306 // FIXME: Return this value to the caller so they don't need to recompute it. 3307 llvm::APSInt Value(/*BitWidth*/1); 3308 return (IsConstexpr && !CondExpr->isValueDependent()) 3309 ? CheckConvertedConstantExpression(CondExpr, Context.BoolTy, Value, 3310 CCEK_ConstexprIf) 3311 : PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr); 3312 } 3313 3314 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++ 3315 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or 3316 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals, 3317 /// respectively). 3318 bool 3319 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { 3320 // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists. 3321 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From)) 3322 From = Cast->getSubExpr(); 3323 3324 // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can 3325 // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide 3326 // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer 3327 // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2). 3328 if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens())) 3329 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) 3330 if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType 3331 = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3332 // This conversion is considered only when there is an 3333 // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2). 3334 if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) { 3335 switch (StrLit->getKind()) { 3336 case StringLiteral::UTF8: 3337 case StringLiteral::UTF16: 3338 case StringLiteral::UTF32: 3339 // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted 3340 break; 3341 case StringLiteral::Ascii: 3342 return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U || 3343 ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S); 3344 case StringLiteral::Wide: 3345 return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(), 3346 QualType(ToPointeeType, 0)); 3347 } 3348 } 3349 } 3350 3351 return false; 3352 } 3353 3354 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S, 3355 SourceLocation CastLoc, 3356 QualType Ty, 3357 CastKind Kind, 3358 CXXMethodDecl *Method, 3359 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 3360 bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3361 Expr *From) { 3362 switch (Kind) { 3363 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!"); 3364 case CK_ConstructorConversion: { 3365 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); 3366 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3367 3368 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty, 3369 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 3370 return ExprError(); 3371 3372 if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs)) 3373 return ExprError(); 3374 3375 S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, FoundDecl, 3376 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty)); 3377 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 3378 return ExprError(); 3379 3380 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3381 CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method), 3382 ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates, 3383 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3384 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3385 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3386 return ExprError(); 3387 3388 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>()); 3389 } 3390 3391 case CK_UserDefinedConversion: { 3392 assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!"); 3393 3394 S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl); 3395 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 3396 return ExprError(); 3397 3398 // Create an implicit call expr that calls it. 3399 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method); 3400 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv, 3401 HadMultipleCandidates); 3402 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3403 return ExprError(); 3404 // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. 3405 Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(), 3406 CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), 3407 nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind()); 3408 3409 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get()); 3410 } 3411 } 3412 } 3413 3414 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3415 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit 3416 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted 3417 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing, 3418 /// used in the error message. 3419 ExprResult 3420 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3421 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, 3422 AssignmentAction Action, 3423 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3424 switch (ICS.getKind()) { 3425 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: { 3426 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard, 3427 Action, CCK); 3428 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3429 return ExprError(); 3430 From = Res.get(); 3431 break; 3432 } 3433 3434 case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: { 3435 3436 FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction; 3437 CastKind CastKind; 3438 QualType BeforeToType; 3439 assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq"); 3440 if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) { 3441 CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion; 3442 3443 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function, 3444 // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3445 // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function. 3446 BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent()); 3447 } else { 3448 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD); 3449 CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion; 3450 // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion. 3451 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3452 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the 3453 // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3454 // the type required by the argument of the constructor 3455 BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType(); 3456 } 3457 } 3458 // Watch out for ellipsis conversion. 3459 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3460 ExprResult Res = 3461 PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType, 3462 ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting, 3463 CCK); 3464 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3465 return ExprError(); 3466 From = Res.get(); 3467 } 3468 3469 ExprResult CastArg 3470 = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this, 3471 From->getLocStart(), 3472 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3473 CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), 3474 ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction, 3475 ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates, 3476 From); 3477 3478 if (CastArg.isInvalid()) 3479 return ExprError(); 3480 3481 From = CastArg.get(); 3482 3483 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After, 3484 AA_Converting, CCK); 3485 } 3486 3487 case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: 3488 ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(), 3489 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) 3490 << From->getSourceRange()); 3491 return ExprError(); 3492 3493 case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: 3494 llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion"); 3495 3496 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: 3497 bool Diagnosed = 3498 DiagnoseAssignmentResult(Incompatible, From->getExprLoc(), ToType, 3499 From->getType(), From, Action); 3500 assert(Diagnosed && "failed to diagnose bad conversion"); (void)Diagnosed; 3501 return ExprError(); 3502 } 3503 3504 // Everything went well. 3505 return From; 3506 } 3507 3508 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3509 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard 3510 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted 3511 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this 3512 /// conversion, for use in error messages. 3513 ExprResult 3514 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3515 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 3516 AssignmentAction Action, 3517 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3518 bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast); 3519 3520 // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too 3521 // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more 3522 // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially, 3523 // so that we don't need to recompute anything here. 3524 QualType FromType = From->getType(); 3525 3526 if (SCS.CopyConstructor) { 3527 // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type? 3528 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType()); 3529 if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { 3530 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3531 if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor), 3532 From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(), 3533 ConstructorArgs)) 3534 return ExprError(); 3535 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3536 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, 3537 SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3538 ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3539 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3540 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3541 } 3542 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3543 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, 3544 SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3545 From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3546 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3547 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3548 } 3549 3550 // Resolve overloaded function references. 3551 if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) { 3552 DeclAccessPair Found; 3553 FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, 3554 true, Found); 3555 if (!Fn) 3556 return ExprError(); 3557 3558 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart())) 3559 return ExprError(); 3560 3561 From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn); 3562 FromType = From->getType(); 3563 } 3564 3565 // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding 3566 // non-atomic type. 3567 QualType ToAtomicType; 3568 if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3569 ToAtomicType = ToType; 3570 ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType(); 3571 } 3572 3573 QualType InitialFromType = FromType; 3574 // Perform the first implicit conversion. 3575 switch (SCS.First) { 3576 case ICK_Identity: 3577 if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3578 FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType(); 3579 From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, 3580 From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue); 3581 } 3582 break; 3583 3584 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: { 3585 assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty); 3586 ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From); 3587 assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!"); 3588 From = FromRes.get(); 3589 FromType = From->getType(); 3590 break; 3591 } 3592 3593 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3594 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); 3595 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay, 3596 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3597 break; 3598 3599 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3600 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType); 3601 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, 3602 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3603 break; 3604 3605 default: 3606 llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion"); 3607 } 3608 3609 // Perform the second implicit conversion 3610 switch (SCS.Second) { 3611 case ICK_Identity: 3612 // C++ [except.spec]p5: 3613 // [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions, 3614 // pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the 3615 // target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the 3616 // source value in the assignment or initialization. 3617 switch (Action) { 3618 case AA_Assigning: 3619 case AA_Initializing: 3620 // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization. 3621 case AA_Passing: 3622 case AA_Returning: 3623 case AA_Sending: 3624 case AA_Passing_CFAudited: 3625 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3626 return ExprError(); 3627 break; 3628 3629 case AA_Casting: 3630 case AA_Converting: 3631 // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not 3632 // checked for exception specification mismatches. 3633 break; 3634 } 3635 // Nothing else to do. 3636 break; 3637 3638 case ICK_Integral_Promotion: 3639 case ICK_Integral_Conversion: 3640 if (ToType->isBooleanType()) { 3641 assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() && 3642 SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && 3643 "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool"); 3644 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean, 3645 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3646 } else { 3647 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast, 3648 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3649 } 3650 break; 3651 3652 case ICK_Floating_Promotion: 3653 case ICK_Floating_Conversion: 3654 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast, 3655 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3656 break; 3657 3658 case ICK_Complex_Promotion: 3659 case ICK_Complex_Conversion: { 3660 QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3661 QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3662 CastKind CK; 3663 if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3664 if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) 3665 CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast; 3666 else 3667 CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; 3668 } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3669 CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; 3670 } else { 3671 CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast; 3672 } 3673 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK, 3674 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3675 break; 3676 } 3677 3678 case ICK_Floating_Integral: 3679 if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) 3680 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating, 3681 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3682 else 3683 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral, 3684 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3685 break; 3686 3687 case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: 3688 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3689 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3690 break; 3691 3692 case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: 3693 case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: { 3694 if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) { 3695 // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions 3696 if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning) 3697 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3698 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3699 << ToType << From->getType() << Action 3700 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3701 else 3702 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3703 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3704 << From->getType() << ToType << Action 3705 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3706 3707 if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3708 ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3709 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From); 3710 } 3711 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 3712 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType, 3713 From->getType())) { 3714 if (Action == AA_Initializing) 3715 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3716 diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign); 3717 else 3718 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3719 diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable) 3720 << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType 3721 << From->getSourceRange(); 3722 } 3723 3724 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3725 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3726 if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3727 return ExprError(); 3728 3729 // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary. 3730 // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly. 3731 if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) { 3732 ExprResult E = From; 3733 (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E); 3734 From = E.get(); 3735 } 3736 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 3737 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK); 3738 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3739 .get(); 3740 break; 3741 } 3742 3743 case ICK_Pointer_Member: { 3744 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3745 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3746 if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3747 return ExprError(); 3748 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3749 return ExprError(); 3750 3751 // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved 3752 // to up until this exact point. Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model. 3753 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 3754 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType()); 3755 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType); 3756 } 3757 3758 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3759 .get(); 3760 break; 3761 } 3762 3763 case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: 3764 // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float. 3765 if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) { 3766 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); 3767 FromType = Context.FloatTy; 3768 } 3769 3770 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy, 3771 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType), 3772 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3773 break; 3774 3775 case ICK_Derived_To_Base: { 3776 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3777 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(), 3778 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3779 From->getLocStart(), 3780 From->getSourceRange(), 3781 &BasePath, 3782 CStyle)) 3783 return ExprError(); 3784 3785 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3786 CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(), 3787 &BasePath, CCK).get(); 3788 break; 3789 } 3790 3791 case ICK_Vector_Conversion: 3792 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, 3793 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3794 break; 3795 3796 case ICK_Vector_Splat: { 3797 // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. 3798 Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get(); 3799 From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue, 3800 /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3801 break; 3802 } 3803 3804 case ICK_Complex_Real: 3805 // Case 1. x -> _Complex y 3806 if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3807 QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType(); 3808 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3809 3810 // x -> y 3811 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) { 3812 // do nothing 3813 } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) { 3814 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3815 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get(); 3816 } else { 3817 assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType()); 3818 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3819 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get(); 3820 } 3821 // y -> _Complex y 3822 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3823 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex 3824 : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get(); 3825 3826 // Case 2. _Complex x -> y 3827 } else { 3828 const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>(); 3829 assert(FromComplex); 3830 3831 QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType(); 3832 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3833 3834 // _Complex x -> x 3835 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3836 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal 3837 : CK_IntegralComplexToReal, 3838 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3839 3840 // x -> y 3841 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) { 3842 // do nothing 3843 } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { 3844 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3845 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating, 3846 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3847 } else { 3848 assert(ToType->isIntegerType()); 3849 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3850 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast, 3851 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3852 } 3853 } 3854 break; 3855 3856 case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: { 3857 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast, 3858 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3859 break; 3860 } 3861 3862 case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: { 3863 ExprResult FromRes = From; 3864 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = 3865 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes); 3866 if (FromRes.isInvalid()) 3867 return ExprError(); 3868 From = FromRes.get(); 3869 assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) && 3870 "Improper transparent union conversion"); 3871 (void)ConvTy; 3872 break; 3873 } 3874 3875 case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: 3876 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3877 CK_ZeroToOCLEvent, 3878 From->getValueKind()).get(); 3879 break; 3880 3881 case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion: 3882 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3883 CK_ZeroToOCLQueue, 3884 From->getValueKind()).get(); 3885 break; 3886 3887 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: 3888 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3889 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3890 case ICK_Function_Conversion: 3891 case ICK_Qualification: 3892 case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: 3893 case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: 3894 case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion: 3895 llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion"); 3896 } 3897 3898 switch (SCS.Third) { 3899 case ICK_Identity: 3900 // Nothing to do. 3901 break; 3902 3903 case ICK_Function_Conversion: 3904 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could 3905 // be incompatible exception declarations. 3906 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3907 return ExprError(); 3908 3909 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3910 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3911 break; 3912 3913 case ICK_Qualification: { 3914 // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the 3915 // target type isn't a reference. 3916 ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ? 3917 From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue; 3918 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), 3919 CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3920 3921 if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr && 3922 !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) { 3923 Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 3924 ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion 3925 : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion) 3926 << ToType.getNonReferenceType(); 3927 } 3928 3929 break; 3930 } 3931 3932 default: 3933 llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion"); 3934 } 3935 3936 // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform 3937 // that conversion now. 3938 if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) { 3939 assert(Context.hasSameType( 3940 ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType())); 3941 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic, 3942 VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get(); 3943 } 3944 3945 // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a 3946 // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain. 3947 if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion) 3948 diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType, 3949 From->getLocStart()); 3950 3951 return From; 3952 } 3953 3954 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait. 3955 /// 3956 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete 3957 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false 3958 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required, 3959 /// returns true. 3960 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT, 3961 SourceLocation Loc, 3962 QualType ArgTy) { 3963 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3: 3964 // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating 3965 // that template with a template argument that is a class template 3966 // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template 3967 // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument 3968 // must be a complete type. 3969 // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement 3970 // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior 3971 // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries. 3972 switch (UTT) { 3973 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3974 // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type. 3975 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 3976 // Fall-through 3977 3978 // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x 3979 // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as 3980 // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be 3981 // impacted by the completeness of the type. 3982 case UTT_IsVoid: 3983 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3984 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3985 case UTT_IsArray: 3986 case UTT_IsPointer: 3987 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3988 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3989 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3990 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3991 case UTT_IsEnum: 3992 case UTT_IsUnion: 3993 case UTT_IsClass: 3994 case UTT_IsFunction: 3995 case UTT_IsReference: 3996 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3997 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3998 case UTT_IsObject: 3999 case UTT_IsScalar: 4000 case UTT_IsCompound: 4001 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 4002 // Fall-through 4003 4004 // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop] 4005 // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However, 4006 // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and 4007 // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in 4008 // Table 49. 4009 case UTT_IsConst: 4010 case UTT_IsVolatile: 4011 case UTT_IsSigned: 4012 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 4013 4014 // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot. 4015 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 4016 return true; 4017 4018 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4019 // If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type. 4020 case UTT_IsEmpty: 4021 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 4022 case UTT_IsAbstract: 4023 if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4024 if (!RD->isUnion()) 4025 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 4026 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 4027 return true; 4028 4029 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4030 // If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type. 4031 case UTT_IsFinal: 4032 case UTT_IsSealed: 4033 if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4034 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 4035 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 4036 return true; 4037 4038 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be 4039 // applied to a complete type. 4040 case UTT_IsTrivial: 4041 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 4042 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 4043 case UTT_IsPOD: 4044 case UTT_IsLiteral: 4045 4046 case UTT_IsDestructible: 4047 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 4048 // Fall-through 4049 4050 // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in 4051 // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified 4052 // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete 4053 // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented 4054 // requiring the complete type. 4055 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 4056 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 4057 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 4058 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 4059 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 4060 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 4061 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 4062 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 4063 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 4064 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 4065 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 4066 // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed. 4067 QualType ElTy = ArgTy; 4068 if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4069 ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType(); 4070 4071 // The void type is expressly allowed. 4072 if (ElTy->isVoidType()) 4073 return true; 4074 4075 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 4076 Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 4077 } 4078 } 4079 4080 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 4081 Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C, 4082 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const, 4083 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const, 4084 bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const) 4085 { 4086 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 4087 if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)()) 4088 return true; 4089 4090 DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); 4091 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc); 4092 LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 4093 if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) { 4094 bool FoundOperator = false; 4095 Res.suppressDiagnostics(); 4096 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end(); 4097 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) { 4098 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op)) 4099 continue; 4100 4101 CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op); 4102 if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) { 4103 FoundOperator = true; 4104 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 4105 Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4106 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4107 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 4108 return false; 4109 } 4110 } 4111 return FoundOperator; 4112 } 4113 return false; 4114 } 4115 4116 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT, 4117 SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) { 4118 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4119 4120 ASTContext &C = Self.Context; 4121 switch(UTT) { 4122 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 4123 // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category 4124 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat]. 4125 case UTT_IsVoid: 4126 return T->isVoidType(); 4127 case UTT_IsIntegral: 4128 return T->isIntegralType(C); 4129 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 4130 return T->isFloatingType(); 4131 case UTT_IsArray: 4132 return T->isArrayType(); 4133 case UTT_IsPointer: 4134 return T->isPointerType(); 4135 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 4136 return T->isLValueReferenceType(); 4137 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 4138 return T->isRValueReferenceType(); 4139 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 4140 return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 4141 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 4142 return T->isMemberDataPointerType(); 4143 case UTT_IsEnum: 4144 return T->isEnumeralType(); 4145 case UTT_IsUnion: 4146 return T->isUnionType(); 4147 case UTT_IsClass: 4148 return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType(); 4149 case UTT_IsFunction: 4150 return T->isFunctionType(); 4151 4152 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition 4153 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp]. 4154 case UTT_IsReference: 4155 return T->isReferenceType(); 4156 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 4157 return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType(); 4158 case UTT_IsFundamental: 4159 return T->isFundamentalType(); 4160 case UTT_IsObject: 4161 return T->isObjectType(); 4162 case UTT_IsScalar: 4163 // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be 4164 // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave 4165 // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release 4166 // operations), so we report them as non-scalar. 4167 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 4168 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 4169 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 4170 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4171 return true; 4172 4173 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4174 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4175 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4176 return false; 4177 } 4178 } 4179 4180 return T->isScalarType(); 4181 case UTT_IsCompound: 4182 return T->isCompoundType(); 4183 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 4184 return T->isMemberPointerType(); 4185 4186 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates 4187 // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]. 4188 case UTT_IsConst: 4189 return T.isConstQualified(); 4190 case UTT_IsVolatile: 4191 return T.isVolatileQualified(); 4192 case UTT_IsTrivial: 4193 return T.isTrivialType(C); 4194 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 4195 return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C); 4196 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 4197 return T->isStandardLayoutType(); 4198 case UTT_IsPOD: 4199 return T.isPODType(C); 4200 case UTT_IsLiteral: 4201 return T->isLiteralType(C); 4202 case UTT_IsEmpty: 4203 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4204 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty(); 4205 return false; 4206 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 4207 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4208 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic(); 4209 return false; 4210 case UTT_IsAbstract: 4211 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4212 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract(); 4213 return false; 4214 // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and 4215 // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax 4216 // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot. 4217 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 4218 return false; 4219 case UTT_IsFinal: 4220 case UTT_IsSealed: 4221 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4222 return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>(); 4223 return false; 4224 case UTT_IsSigned: 4225 return T->isSignedIntegerType(); 4226 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 4227 return T->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4228 4229 // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction, 4230 // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the 4231 // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both 4232 // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those 4233 // specifications. 4234 // 4235 // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4236 // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 4237 // 4238 // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class 4239 // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind, 4240 // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior. 4241 // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it 4242 // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special 4243 // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed. 4244 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 4245 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4246 // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is 4247 // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default 4248 // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false. 4249 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4250 return true; 4251 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4252 return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 4253 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor(); 4254 return false; 4255 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 4256 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4257 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 4258 // behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3). 4259 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4260 return true; 4261 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4262 return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor(); 4263 return false; 4264 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 4265 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4266 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then 4267 // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type 4268 // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait 4269 // is true, else it is false. 4270 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 4271 return true; 4272 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4273 return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 4274 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor(); 4275 return false; 4276 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 4277 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4278 // standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic 4279 // behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3) 4280 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4281 return true; 4282 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4283 return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment(); 4284 return false; 4285 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 4286 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4287 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 4288 // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the 4289 // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with 4290 // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is 4291 // true, else it is false. 4292 // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting, 4293 // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class 4294 // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause 4295 // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v. 4296 // [class.copy]p12). 4297 4298 if (T.isConstQualified()) 4299 return false; 4300 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4301 return true; 4302 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4303 return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() && 4304 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment(); 4305 return false; 4306 case UTT_IsDestructible: 4307 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 4308 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4309 // For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true. 4310 if (T->isReferenceType()) 4311 return true; 4312 4313 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 4314 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 4315 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 4316 return true; 4317 4318 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4319 // For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is 4320 // false. 4321 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4322 return false; 4323 4324 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4325 // For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the 4326 // expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an 4327 // unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true 4328 if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4329 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD); 4330 if (!Destructor) 4331 return false; 4332 // C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2: 4333 // A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or 4334 // explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed. 4335 if (Destructor->isDeleted()) 4336 return false; 4337 if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public) 4338 return false; 4339 if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) { 4340 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 4341 Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4342 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4343 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 4344 return false; 4345 } 4346 } 4347 return true; 4348 4349 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 4350 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4351 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type 4352 // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union 4353 // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor 4354 // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is 4355 // false. 4356 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 4357 return true; 4358 4359 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 4360 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 4361 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 4362 return true; 4363 4364 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4365 return RD->hasTrivialDestructor(); 4366 return false; 4367 // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members. 4368 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 4369 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4370 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 4371 // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type) 4372 // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class 4373 // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known 4374 // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 4375 // false. 4376 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified()) 4377 return false; 4378 if (T->isReferenceType()) 4379 return false; 4380 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4381 return true; 4382 4383 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) 4384 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 4385 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment, 4386 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment, 4387 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator); 4388 return false; 4389 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 4390 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4391 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 4392 // behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3). 4393 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4394 return true; 4395 4396 if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) 4397 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 4398 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment, 4399 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment, 4400 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator); 4401 return false; 4402 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 4403 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4404 // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else 4405 // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are 4406 // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 4407 // false. 4408 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4409 return true; 4410 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4411 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 4412 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 4413 return true; 4414 4415 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4416 unsigned FoundTQs; 4417 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4418 // A template constructor is never a copy constructor. 4419 // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload 4420 // resolution point. 4421 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl())) 4422 continue; 4423 // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor 4424 if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND)) 4425 continue; 4426 auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()); 4427 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) { 4428 FoundConstructor = true; 4429 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4430 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4431 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4432 if (!CPT) 4433 return false; 4434 // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4435 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4436 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1) 4437 return false; 4438 } 4439 } 4440 4441 return FoundConstructor; 4442 } 4443 return false; 4444 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 4445 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4446 // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is 4447 // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array 4448 // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to 4449 // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false. 4450 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4451 return true; 4452 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4453 if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 4454 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 4455 return true; 4456 4457 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4458 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4459 // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor. 4460 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl())) 4461 continue; 4462 // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor 4463 if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND)) 4464 continue; 4465 auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()); 4466 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { 4467 FoundConstructor = true; 4468 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4469 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4470 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4471 if (!CPT) 4472 return false; 4473 // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4474 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4475 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0) 4476 return false; 4477 } 4478 } 4479 return FoundConstructor; 4480 } 4481 return false; 4482 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 4483 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4484 // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor]) 4485 // then the trait is true, else it is false. 4486 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4487 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD)) 4488 return Destructor->isVirtual(); 4489 return false; 4490 4491 // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the 4492 // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions: 4493 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 4494 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 4495 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_): 4496 // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the 4497 // function call. 4498 return !T->isIncompleteType(); 4499 } 4500 } 4501 4502 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in 4503 /// ARC mode. 4504 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) { 4505 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 4506 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4507 return false; 4508 4509 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4510 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4511 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4512 return true; 4513 4514 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 4515 return T->isObjCLifetimeType(); 4516 } 4517 4518 llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier"); 4519 } 4520 4521 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4522 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc); 4523 4524 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4525 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4526 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4527 if (Kind <= UTT_Last) 4528 return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()); 4529 4530 if (Kind <= BTT_Last) 4531 return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(), 4532 Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc); 4533 4534 switch (Kind) { 4535 case clang::TT_IsConstructible: 4536 case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible: 4537 case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: { 4538 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]: 4539 // is_trivially_constructible is defined as: 4540 // 4541 // is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable 4542 // definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call 4543 // no operation that is not trivial. 4544 // 4545 // The predicate condition for a template specialization 4546 // is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the 4547 // following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented 4548 // variable t: 4549 // 4550 // T t(create<Args>()...); 4551 assert(!Args.empty()); 4552 4553 // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be 4554 // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of 4555 // unknown bound. 4556 for (const auto *TSI : Args) { 4557 QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType(); 4558 if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4559 continue; 4560 4561 if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy, 4562 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4563 return false; 4564 } 4565 4566 // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type. 4567 QualType T = Args[0]->getType(); 4568 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4569 return false; 4570 4571 // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type. 4572 CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4573 if (RD && RD->isAbstract()) 4574 return false; 4575 4576 SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs; 4577 SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs; 4578 ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1); 4579 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4580 QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType(); 4581 if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType()) 4582 ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy); 4583 OpaqueArgExprs.push_back( 4584 OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), 4585 ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context), 4586 Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy))); 4587 } 4588 for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs) 4589 ArgExprs.push_back(&E); 4590 4591 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4592 // trap at translation unit scope. 4593 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated); 4594 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4595 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4596 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0])); 4597 InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc, 4598 RParenLoc)); 4599 InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4600 if (Init.Failed()) 4601 return false; 4602 4603 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4604 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4605 return false; 4606 4607 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible) 4608 return true; 4609 4610 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible) 4611 return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4612 4613 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) { 4614 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4615 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction. 4616 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4617 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(T.getNonReferenceType())) 4618 return false; 4619 4620 // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial 4621 // calls. 4622 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context); 4623 } 4624 4625 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4626 return false; 4627 } 4628 default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT"); 4629 } 4630 4631 return false; 4632 } 4633 4634 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4635 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4636 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4637 QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); 4638 4639 if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness( 4640 *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType())) 4641 return ExprError(); 4642 4643 bool Dependent = false; 4644 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4645 if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) { 4646 Dependent = true; 4647 break; 4648 } 4649 } 4650 4651 bool Result = false; 4652 if (!Dependent) 4653 Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc); 4654 4655 return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args, 4656 RParenLoc, Result); 4657 } 4658 4659 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4660 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4661 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4662 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs; 4663 ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size()); 4664 4665 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4666 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4667 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo); 4668 if (!TInfo) 4669 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc); 4670 4671 ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo); 4672 } 4673 4674 return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc); 4675 } 4676 4677 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4678 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4679 assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() && 4680 "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types"); 4681 4682 switch(BTT) { 4683 case BTT_IsBaseOf: { 4684 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2 4685 // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or 4686 // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without 4687 // regard to cv-qualifiers. 4688 4689 const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4690 if (!lhsRecord) return false; 4691 4692 const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4693 if (!rhsRecord) return false; 4694 4695 assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT) 4696 == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)); 4697 4698 if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord) 4699 return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion(); 4700 4701 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2: 4702 // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types 4703 // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a 4704 // complete type. 4705 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4706 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4707 return false; 4708 4709 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl()) 4710 ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl())); 4711 } 4712 case BTT_IsSame: 4713 return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT); 4714 case BTT_TypeCompatible: 4715 return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(), 4716 RhsT.getUnqualifiedType()); 4717 case BTT_IsConvertible: 4718 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: { 4719 // C++0x [meta.rel]p4: 4720 // Given the following function prototype: 4721 // 4722 // template <class T> 4723 // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create(); 4724 // 4725 // the predicate condition for a template specialization 4726 // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if 4727 // the return expression in the following code would be 4728 // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return 4729 // type of the function: 4730 // 4731 // To test() { 4732 // return create<From>(); 4733 // } 4734 // 4735 // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and 4736 // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression 4737 // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type) 4738 // is considered. 4739 // 4740 // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary 4741 // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the 4742 // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply). 4743 4744 // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types. 4745 if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType()) 4746 return false; 4747 4748 // A return statement in a void function must have void type. 4749 if (RhsT->isVoidType()) 4750 return LhsT->isVoidType(); 4751 4752 // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type. 4753 if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT)) 4754 return false; 4755 4756 // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference. 4757 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4758 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4759 4760 // Build a fake source and destination for initialization. 4761 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT)); 4762 OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4763 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4764 Expr *FromPtr = &From; 4765 InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc, 4766 SourceLocation())); 4767 4768 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4769 // trap at translation unit scope. 4770 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4771 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4772 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4773 InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4774 if (Init.Failed()) 4775 return false; 4776 4777 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4778 return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred(); 4779 } 4780 4781 case BTT_IsAssignable: 4782 case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable: 4783 case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: { 4784 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3: 4785 // is_trivially_assignable is defined as: 4786 // is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by 4787 // is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial 4788 // 4789 // is_assignable is defined as: 4790 // The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when 4791 // treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5). 4792 // 4793 // For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) 4794 // void, or arrays of unknown bound. 4795 if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4796 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT, 4797 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4798 return false; 4799 if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4800 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4801 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4802 return false; 4803 4804 // cv void is never assignable. 4805 if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType()) 4806 return false; 4807 4808 // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and 4809 // declval<U>(). 4810 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4811 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4812 if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType()) 4813 RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT); 4814 OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4815 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4816 OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4817 Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT)); 4818 4819 // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4820 // trap at translation unit scope. 4821 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4822 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4823 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4824 ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs, 4825 &Rhs); 4826 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4827 return false; 4828 4829 if (BTT == BTT_IsAssignable) 4830 return true; 4831 4832 if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable) 4833 return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4834 4835 if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) { 4836 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4837 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment. 4838 if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4839 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType())) 4840 return false; 4841 4842 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context); 4843 } 4844 4845 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4846 return false; 4847 } 4848 default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT"); 4849 } 4850 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4851 } 4852 4853 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4854 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4855 ParsedType Ty, 4856 Expr* DimExpr, 4857 SourceLocation RParen) { 4858 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo; 4859 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo); 4860 if (!TSInfo) 4861 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 4862 4863 return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen); 4864 } 4865 4866 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4867 QualType T, Expr *DimExpr, 4868 SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4869 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4870 4871 switch(ATT) { 4872 case ATT_ArrayRank: 4873 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4874 unsigned Dim = 0; 4875 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4876 ++Dim; 4877 T = AT->getElementType(); 4878 } 4879 return Dim; 4880 } 4881 return 0; 4882 4883 case ATT_ArrayExtent: { 4884 llvm::APSInt Value; 4885 uint64_t Dim; 4886 if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value, 4887 diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer, 4888 false).isInvalid()) 4889 return 0; 4890 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 4891 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) 4892 << DimExpr->getSourceRange(); 4893 return 0; 4894 } 4895 Dim = Value.getLimitedValue(); 4896 4897 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4898 unsigned D = 0; 4899 bool Matched = false; 4900 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4901 if (Dim == D) { 4902 Matched = true; 4903 break; 4904 } 4905 ++D; 4906 T = AT->getElementType(); 4907 } 4908 4909 if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) { 4910 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T)) 4911 return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue(); 4912 } 4913 } 4914 return 0; 4915 } 4916 } 4917 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4918 } 4919 4920 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4921 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4922 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4923 Expr* DimExpr, 4924 SourceLocation RParen) { 4925 QualType T = TSInfo->getType(); 4926 4927 // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host 4928 // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target. 4929 uint64_t Value = 0; 4930 if (!T->isDependentType()) 4931 Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc); 4932 4933 // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++ 4934 // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang 4935 // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero 4936 // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an 4937 // important distinction. 4938 return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr, 4939 RParen, Context.getSizeType()); 4940 } 4941 4942 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4943 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4944 Expr *Queried, 4945 SourceLocation RParen) { 4946 // If error parsing the expression, ignore. 4947 if (!Queried) 4948 return ExprError(); 4949 4950 ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen); 4951 4952 return Result; 4953 } 4954 4955 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) { 4956 switch (ET) { 4957 case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue(); 4958 case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue(); 4959 } 4960 llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch"); 4961 } 4962 4963 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4964 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4965 Expr *Queried, 4966 SourceLocation RParen) { 4967 if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) { 4968 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. 4969 } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 4970 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried); 4971 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 4972 return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen); 4973 } 4974 4975 bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried); 4976 4977 return new (Context) 4978 ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy); 4979 } 4980 4981 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4982 ExprValueKind &VK, 4983 SourceLocation Loc, 4984 bool isIndirect) { 4985 assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4986 !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4987 "placeholders should have been weeded out by now"); 4988 4989 // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*, and undergoes the 4990 // temporary materialization conversion otherwise. 4991 if (isIndirect) 4992 LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 4993 else if (LHS.get()->isRValue()) 4994 LHS = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(LHS.get()); 4995 if (LHS.isInvalid()) 4996 return QualType(); 4997 4998 // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions. 4999 RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 5000 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 5001 5002 const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*"; 5003 // C++ 5.5p2 5004 // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall 5005 // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined 5006 // class type) [...] 5007 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); 5008 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 5009 if (!MemPtr) { 5010 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs) 5011 << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5012 return QualType(); 5013 } 5014 5015 QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0); 5016 5017 // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the 5018 // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no 5019 // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by 5020 // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is 5021 // likely to be considered a defect. 5022 5023 // C++ 5.5p2 5024 // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of 5025 // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to 5026 // such a class] 5027 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); 5028 if (isIndirect) { 5029 if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) 5030 LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5031 else { 5032 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) 5033 << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType 5034 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*"); 5035 return QualType(); 5036 } 5037 } 5038 5039 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) { 5040 // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type. 5041 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs, 5042 OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) { 5043 return QualType(); 5044 } 5045 5046 if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) { 5047 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling 5048 << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType(); 5049 return QualType(); 5050 } 5051 5052 CXXCastPath BasePath; 5053 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc, 5054 SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), 5055 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()), 5056 &BasePath)) 5057 return QualType(); 5058 5059 // Cast LHS to type of use. 5060 QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class; 5061 ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5062 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK, 5063 &BasePath); 5064 } 5065 5066 if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) { 5067 // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as 5068 // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression. 5069 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect; 5070 return QualType(); 5071 } 5072 5073 // C++ 5.5p2 5074 // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the 5075 // second operand. 5076 // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side, 5077 // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5. 5078 QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5079 Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers()); 5080 5081 // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 5082 // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is 5083 // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with 5084 // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object 5085 // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand 5086 // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&. 5087 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5088 switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) { 5089 case RQ_None: 5090 // Do nothing 5091 break; 5092 5093 case RQ_LValue: 5094 if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) 5095 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 5096 << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5097 break; 5098 5099 case RQ_RValue: 5100 if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue()) 5101 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 5102 << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5103 break; 5104 } 5105 } 5106 5107 // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 5108 // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer 5109 // to a data member is of the same value category as its 5110 // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second 5111 // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The 5112 // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand 5113 // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise. 5114 if (Result->isFunctionType()) { 5115 VK = VK_RValue; 5116 return Context.BoundMemberTy; 5117 } else if (isIndirect) { 5118 VK = VK_LValue; 5119 } else { 5120 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5121 } 5122 5123 return Result; 5124 } 5125 5126 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3. 5127 /// 5128 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 5129 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be 5130 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction. 5131 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed 5132 /// as such. 5133 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To, 5134 SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 5135 bool &HaveConversion, 5136 QualType &ToType) { 5137 HaveConversion = false; 5138 ToType = To->getType(); 5139 5140 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(), 5141 SourceLocation()); 5142 // C++11 5.16p3 5143 // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1 5144 // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined 5145 // as follows: 5146 // -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 5147 // implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the 5148 // constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to 5149 // an lvalue. 5150 // -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 5151 // implicitly conveted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to 5152 // the constraint that the reference must bind directly. 5153 if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) { 5154 QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType) 5155 : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType); 5156 5157 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 5158 5159 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5160 if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) { 5161 ToType = T; 5162 HaveConversion = true; 5163 return false; 5164 } 5165 5166 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 5167 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5168 } 5169 5170 // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done: 5171 // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are 5172 // the same or one is a base class of the other: 5173 QualType FTy = From->getType(); 5174 QualType TTy = To->getType(); 5175 const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5176 const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5177 bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec && 5178 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy); 5179 if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || 5180 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) { 5181 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the 5182 // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and 5183 // [cv2 > cv1]. 5184 if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) { 5185 if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) { 5186 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 5187 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5188 if (InitSeq) { 5189 HaveConversion = true; 5190 return false; 5191 } 5192 5193 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 5194 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5195 } 5196 } 5197 5198 return false; 5199 } 5200 5201 // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 5202 // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have 5203 // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is 5204 // an rvalue). 5205 // 5206 // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not 5207 // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions. 5208 TTy = TTy.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context); 5209 5210 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 5211 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5212 HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed(); 5213 ToType = TTy; 5214 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 5215 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5216 5217 return false; 5218 } 5219 5220 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5. 5221 /// 5222 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 5223 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a 5224 /// conversion to a common type. 5225 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 5226 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 5227 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() }; 5228 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc, 5229 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); 5230 Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, 5231 CandidateSet); 5232 5233 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 5234 switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) { 5235 case OR_Success: { 5236 // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on. 5237 ExprResult LHSRes = 5238 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0], 5239 Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting); 5240 if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) 5241 break; 5242 LHS = LHSRes; 5243 5244 ExprResult RHSRes = 5245 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1], 5246 Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting); 5247 if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) 5248 break; 5249 RHS = RHSRes; 5250 if (Best->Function) 5251 Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function); 5252 return false; 5253 } 5254 5255 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 5256 5257 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer 5258 // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most 5259 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. 5260 if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5261 return true; 5262 5263 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5264 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5265 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5266 return true; 5267 5268 case OR_Ambiguous: 5269 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl) 5270 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5271 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5272 // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of 5273 // the viable candidates. 5274 break; 5275 5276 case OR_Deleted: 5277 llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads"); 5278 } 5279 return true; 5280 } 5281 5282 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by 5283 /// TryClassUnification. 5284 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) { 5285 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 5286 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(), 5287 SourceLocation()); 5288 Expr *Arg = E.get(); 5289 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 5290 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 5291 if (Result.isInvalid()) 5292 return true; 5293 5294 E = Result; 5295 return false; 5296 } 5297 5298 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics. 5299 /// 5300 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y 5301 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.) 5302 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, 5303 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 5304 ExprObjectKind &OK, 5305 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 5306 // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++ 5307 // interface pointers. 5308 5309 // C++11 [expr.cond]p1 5310 // The first expression is contextually converted to bool. 5311 if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 5312 ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get()); 5313 if (CondRes.isInvalid()) 5314 return QualType(); 5315 Cond = CondRes; 5316 } 5317 5318 // Assume r-value. 5319 VK = VK_RValue; 5320 OK = OK_Ordinary; 5321 5322 // Either of the arguments dependent? 5323 if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent()) 5324 return Context.DependentTy; 5325 5326 // C++11 [expr.cond]p2 5327 // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ... 5328 QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5329 QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5330 bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType(); 5331 bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType(); 5332 if (LVoid || RVoid) { 5333 // ... one of the following shall hold: 5334 // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly 5335 // parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type 5336 // and value category of the other. 5337 bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5338 bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5339 if (LThrow != RThrow) { 5340 Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get(); 5341 VK = NonThrow->getValueKind(); 5342 // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the 5343 // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field. 5344 OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind(); 5345 return NonThrow->getType(); 5346 } 5347 5348 // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of 5349 // type void and is a prvalue. 5350 if (LVoid && RVoid) 5351 return Context.VoidTy; 5352 5353 // Neither holds, error. 5354 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid) 5355 << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1) 5356 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5357 return QualType(); 5358 } 5359 5360 // Neither is void. 5361 5362 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 5363 // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and 5364 // either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of 5365 // those operands to the type of the other. 5366 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 5367 (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 5368 // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous. 5369 QualType L2RType, R2LType; 5370 bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L; 5371 if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType)) 5372 return QualType(); 5373 if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType)) 5374 return QualType(); 5375 5376 // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed. 5377 if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) { 5378 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous) 5379 << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5380 return QualType(); 5381 } 5382 5383 // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to 5384 // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the 5385 // original operands for the remainder of this section. 5386 if (HaveL2R) { 5387 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid()) 5388 return QualType(); 5389 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5390 } else if (HaveR2L) { 5391 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid()) 5392 return QualType(); 5393 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5394 } 5395 } 5396 5397 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 5398 // if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except 5399 // for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those 5400 // operands to the type of the other. 5401 // FIXME: 5402 // Resolving a defect in P0012R1: we extend this to cover all cases where 5403 // one of the operands is reference-compatible with the other, in order 5404 // to support conditionals between functions differing in noexcept. 5405 ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5406 ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5407 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 5408 LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) { 5409 // DerivedToBase was already handled by the class-specific case above. 5410 // FIXME: Should we allow ObjC conversions here? 5411 bool DerivedToBase, ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion; 5412 if (CompareReferenceRelationship( 5413 QuestionLoc, LTy, RTy, DerivedToBase, 5414 ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible && 5415 !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion && 5416 // [...] subject to the constraint that the reference must bind 5417 // directly [...] 5418 !RHS.get()->refersToBitField() && 5419 !RHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) { 5420 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK); 5421 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5422 } else if (CompareReferenceRelationship( 5423 QuestionLoc, RTy, LTy, DerivedToBase, 5424 ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible && 5425 !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion && 5426 !LHS.get()->refersToBitField() && 5427 !LHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) { 5428 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK); 5429 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5430 } 5431 } 5432 5433 // C++11 [expr.cond]p4 5434 // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value 5435 // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and 5436 // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third 5437 // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields. 5438 // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of 5439 // l-values. 5440 bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy); 5441 if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue && 5442 LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() && 5443 RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) { 5444 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5445 if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField || 5446 RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) 5447 OK = OK_BitField; 5448 5449 // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their 5450 // exception specifications, if any. 5451 if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) { 5452 Qualifiers Qs = LTy.getQualifiers(); 5453 LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS, 5454 /*ConvertArgs*/false); 5455 LTy = Context.getQualifiedType(LTy, Qs); 5456 5457 assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for " 5458 "canonically equivalent function ptr types"); 5459 assert(Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && "bad composite pointer type"); 5460 } 5461 5462 return LTy; 5463 } 5464 5465 // C++11 [expr.cond]p5 5466 // Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands 5467 // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ... 5468 if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 5469 // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any) 5470 // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the 5471 // program is ill-formed. 5472 if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc)) 5473 return QualType(); 5474 } 5475 5476 // C++11 [expr.cond]p6 5477 // Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard 5478 // conversions are performed on the second and third operands. 5479 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 5480 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 5481 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5482 return QualType(); 5483 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5484 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5485 5486 // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold: 5487 // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result 5488 // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result 5489 // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is 5490 // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third 5491 // operand depending on the value of the first operand. 5492 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) { 5493 if (LTy->isRecordType()) { 5494 // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy. 5495 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy); 5496 5497 ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5498 SourceLocation(), 5499 LHS); 5500 if (LHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5501 return QualType(); 5502 5503 ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5504 SourceLocation(), 5505 RHS); 5506 if (RHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5507 return QualType(); 5508 5509 LHS = LHSCopy; 5510 RHS = RHSCopy; 5511 } 5512 5513 // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their 5514 // exception specifications, if any. 5515 if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) { 5516 LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS); 5517 assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for " 5518 "canonically equivalent function ptr types"); 5519 } 5520 5521 return LTy; 5522 } 5523 5524 // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types. 5525 if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType()) 5526 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false, 5527 /*AllowBothBool*/true, 5528 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false); 5529 5530 // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type; 5531 // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a 5532 // common type, and the result is of that type. 5533 if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) { 5534 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); 5535 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5536 return QualType(); 5537 if (ResTy.isNull()) { 5538 Diag(QuestionLoc, 5539 diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy 5540 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5541 return QualType(); 5542 } 5543 5544 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy)); 5545 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy)); 5546 5547 return ResTy; 5548 } 5549 5550 // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer 5551 // type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null 5552 // pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer 5553 // conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them 5554 // to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite 5555 // pointer type. 5556 // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has 5557 // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant; 5558 // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are 5559 // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification 5560 // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third 5561 // operand. The result is of the common type. 5562 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS); 5563 if (!Composite.isNull()) 5564 return Composite; 5565 5566 // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers. 5567 Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); 5568 if (!Composite.isNull()) 5569 return Composite; 5570 5571 // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type. 5572 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5573 return QualType(); 5574 5575 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5576 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5577 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5578 return QualType(); 5579 } 5580 5581 static FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo 5582 mergeExceptionSpecs(Sema &S, FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI1, 5583 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI2, 5584 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionTypeStorage) { 5585 ExceptionSpecificationType EST1 = ESI1.Type; 5586 ExceptionSpecificationType EST2 = ESI2.Type; 5587 5588 // If either of them can throw anything, that is the result. 5589 if (EST1 == EST_None) return ESI1; 5590 if (EST2 == EST_None) return ESI2; 5591 if (EST1 == EST_MSAny) return ESI1; 5592 if (EST2 == EST_MSAny) return ESI2; 5593 5594 // If either of them is non-throwing, the result is the other. 5595 if (EST1 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI2; 5596 if (EST2 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI1; 5597 if (EST1 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI2; 5598 if (EST2 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI1; 5599 5600 // If either of them is a non-value-dependent computed noexcept, that 5601 // determines the result. 5602 if (EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI2.NoexceptExpr && 5603 !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent()) 5604 return !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI2 : ESI1; 5605 if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI1.NoexceptExpr && 5606 !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent()) 5607 return !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI1 : ESI2; 5608 // If we're left with value-dependent computed noexcept expressions, we're 5609 // stuck. Before C++17, we can just drop the exception specification entirely, 5610 // since it's not actually part of the canonical type. And this should never 5611 // happen in C++17, because it would mean we were computing the composite 5612 // pointer type of dependent types, which should never happen. 5613 if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept || EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 5614 assert(!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && 5615 "computing composite pointer type of dependent types"); 5616 return FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo(); 5617 } 5618 5619 // Switch over the possibilities so that people adding new values know to 5620 // update this function. 5621 switch (EST1) { 5622 case EST_None: 5623 case EST_DynamicNone: 5624 case EST_MSAny: 5625 case EST_BasicNoexcept: 5626 case EST_ComputedNoexcept: 5627 llvm_unreachable("handled above"); 5628 5629 case EST_Dynamic: { 5630 // This is the fun case: both exception specifications are dynamic. Form 5631 // the union of the two lists. 5632 assert(EST2 == EST_Dynamic && "other cases should already be handled"); 5633 llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> Found; 5634 for (auto &Exceptions : {ESI1.Exceptions, ESI2.Exceptions}) 5635 for (QualType E : Exceptions) 5636 if (Found.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(E)).second) 5637 ExceptionTypeStorage.push_back(E); 5638 5639 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo Result(EST_Dynamic); 5640 Result.Exceptions = ExceptionTypeStorage; 5641 return Result; 5642 } 5643 5644 case EST_Unevaluated: 5645 case EST_Uninstantiated: 5646 case EST_Unparsed: 5647 llvm_unreachable("shouldn't see unresolved exception specifications here"); 5648 } 5649 5650 llvm_unreachable("invalid ExceptionSpecificationType"); 5651 } 5652 5653 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it. 5654 /// 5655 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1 5656 /// and @p E2 according to C++1z 5p14. It converts both expressions to this 5657 /// type and returns it. 5658 /// It does not emit diagnostics. 5659 /// 5660 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to 5661 /// be converted to the composite pointer type. 5662 /// 5663 /// \param ConvertArgs If \c false, do not convert E1 and E2 to the target type. 5664 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 5665 Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 5666 bool ConvertArgs) { 5667 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++"); 5668 5669 // C++1z [expr]p14: 5670 // The composite pointer type of two operands p1 and p2 having types T1 5671 // and T2 5672 QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType(); 5673 5674 // where at least one is a pointer or pointer to member type or 5675 // std::nullptr_t is: 5676 bool T1IsPointerLike = T1->isAnyPointerType() || T1->isMemberPointerType() || 5677 T1->isNullPtrType(); 5678 bool T2IsPointerLike = T2->isAnyPointerType() || T2->isMemberPointerType() || 5679 T2->isNullPtrType(); 5680 if (!T1IsPointerLike && !T2IsPointerLike) 5681 return QualType(); 5682 5683 // - if both p1 and p2 are null pointer constants, std::nullptr_t; 5684 // This can't actually happen, following the standard, but we also use this 5685 // to implement the end of [expr.conv], which hits this case. 5686 // 5687 // - if either p1 or p2 is a null pointer constant, T2 or T1, respectively; 5688 if (T1IsPointerLike && 5689 E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5690 if (ConvertArgs) 5691 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, T1->isMemberPointerType() 5692 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer 5693 : CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5694 return T1; 5695 } 5696 if (T2IsPointerLike && 5697 E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5698 if (ConvertArgs) 5699 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, T2->isMemberPointerType() 5700 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer 5701 : CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5702 return T2; 5703 } 5704 5705 // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers. 5706 if (!T1IsPointerLike || !T2IsPointerLike) 5707 return QualType(); 5708 assert(!T1->isNullPtrType() && !T2->isNullPtrType() && 5709 "nullptr_t should be a null pointer constant"); 5710 5711 // - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to cv1 void" and the other type is 5712 // "pointer to cv2 T", "pointer to cv12 void", where cv12 is 5713 // the union of cv1 and cv2; 5714 // - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to noexcept function" and the other type is 5715 // "pointer to function", where the function types are otherwise the same, 5716 // "pointer to function"; 5717 // FIXME: This rule is defective: it should also permit removing noexcept 5718 // from a pointer to member function. As a Clang extension, we also 5719 // permit removing 'noreturn', so we generalize this rule to; 5720 // - [Clang] If T1 and T2 are both of type "pointer to function" or 5721 // "pointer to member function" and the pointee types can be unified 5722 // by a function pointer conversion, that conversion is applied 5723 // before checking the following rules. 5724 // - if T1 is "pointer to cv1 C1" and T2 is "pointer to cv2 C2", where C1 5725 // is reference-related to C2 or C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3), 5726 // the cv-combined type of T1 and T2 or the cv-combined type of T2 and T1, 5727 // respectively; 5728 // - if T1 is "pointer to member of C1 of type cv1 U1" and T2 is "pointer 5729 // to member of C2 of type cv2 U2" where C1 is reference-related to C2 or 5730 // C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3), the cv-combined type of T2 and 5731 // T1 or the cv-combined type of T1 and T2, respectively; 5732 // - if T1 and T2 are similar types (4.5), the cv-combined type of T1 and 5733 // T2; 5734 // 5735 // If looked at in the right way, these bullets all do the same thing. 5736 // What we do here is, we build the two possible cv-combined types, and try 5737 // the conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two 5738 // composite types are the same, we have succeeded. 5739 // FIXME: extended qualifiers? 5740 // 5741 // Note that this will fail to find a composite pointer type for "pointer 5742 // to void" and "pointer to function". We can't actually perform the final 5743 // conversion in this case, even though a composite pointer type formally 5744 // exists. 5745 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierUnion; 5746 SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> MemberOfClass; 5747 QualType Composite1 = T1; 5748 QualType Composite2 = T2; 5749 unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0; 5750 while (true) { 5751 const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2; 5752 if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5753 (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) { 5754 Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType(); 5755 Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType(); 5756 5757 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5758 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5759 if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5760 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5761 5762 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5763 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5764 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr)); 5765 continue; 5766 } 5767 5768 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2; 5769 if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) && 5770 (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) { 5771 Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType(); 5772 Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType(); 5773 5774 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5775 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5776 if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5777 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5778 5779 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5780 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5781 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(), 5782 MemPtr2->getClass())); 5783 continue; 5784 } 5785 5786 // FIXME: block pointer types? 5787 5788 // Cannot unwrap any more types. 5789 break; 5790 } 5791 5792 // Apply the function pointer conversion to unify the types. We've already 5793 // unwrapped down to the function types, and we want to merge rather than 5794 // just convert, so do this ourselves rather than calling 5795 // IsFunctionConversion. 5796 // 5797 // FIXME: In order to match the standard wording as closely as possible, we 5798 // currently only do this under a single level of pointers. Ideally, we would 5799 // allow this in general, and set NeedConstBefore to the relevant depth on 5800 // the side(s) where we changed anything. 5801 if (QualifierUnion.size() == 1) { 5802 if (auto *FPT1 = Composite1->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5803 if (auto *FPT2 = Composite2->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5804 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI1 = FPT1->getExtProtoInfo(); 5805 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI2 = FPT2->getExtProtoInfo(); 5806 5807 // The result is noreturn if both operands are. 5808 bool Noreturn = 5809 EPI1.ExtInfo.getNoReturn() && EPI2.ExtInfo.getNoReturn(); 5810 EPI1.ExtInfo = EPI1.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn); 5811 EPI2.ExtInfo = EPI2.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn); 5812 5813 // The result is nothrow if both operands are. 5814 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ExceptionTypeStorage; 5815 EPI1.ExceptionSpec = EPI2.ExceptionSpec = 5816 mergeExceptionSpecs(*this, EPI1.ExceptionSpec, EPI2.ExceptionSpec, 5817 ExceptionTypeStorage); 5818 5819 Composite1 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT1->getReturnType(), 5820 FPT1->getParamTypes(), EPI1); 5821 Composite2 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT2->getReturnType(), 5822 FPT2->getParamTypes(), EPI2); 5823 } 5824 } 5825 } 5826 5827 if (NeedConstBefore) { 5828 // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier 5829 // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the 5830 // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3. 5831 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) 5832 if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) 5833 QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const; 5834 } 5835 5836 // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs. 5837 auto MOC = MemberOfClass.rbegin(); 5838 for (unsigned CVR : llvm::reverse(QualifierUnion)) { 5839 Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR); 5840 auto Classes = *MOC++; 5841 if (Classes.first && Classes.second) { 5842 // Rebuild member pointer type 5843 Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5844 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), Classes.first); 5845 Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5846 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), Classes.second); 5847 } else { 5848 // Rebuild pointer type 5849 Composite1 = 5850 Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals)); 5851 Composite2 = 5852 Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals)); 5853 } 5854 } 5855 5856 struct Conversion { 5857 Sema &S; 5858 Expr *&E1, *&E2; 5859 QualType Composite; 5860 InitializedEntity Entity; 5861 InitializationKind Kind; 5862 InitializationSequence E1ToC, E2ToC; 5863 bool Viable; 5864 5865 Conversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 5866 QualType Composite) 5867 : S(S), E1(E1), E2(E2), Composite(Composite), 5868 Entity(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite)), 5869 Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation())), 5870 E1ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E1), E2ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E2), 5871 Viable(E1ToC && E2ToC) {} 5872 5873 bool perform() { 5874 ExprResult E1Result = E1ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E1); 5875 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5876 return true; 5877 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5878 5879 ExprResult E2Result = E2ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E2); 5880 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5881 return true; 5882 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5883 5884 return false; 5885 } 5886 }; 5887 5888 // Try to convert to each composite pointer type. 5889 Conversion C1(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite1); 5890 if (C1.Viable && Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) { 5891 if (ConvertArgs && C1.perform()) 5892 return QualType(); 5893 return C1.Composite; 5894 } 5895 Conversion C2(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite2); 5896 5897 if (C1.Viable == C2.Viable) { 5898 // Either Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different, or 5899 // neither is viable. 5900 // FIXME: How both be viable and different? 5901 return QualType(); 5902 } 5903 5904 // Convert to the chosen type. 5905 if (ConvertArgs && (C1.Viable ? C1 : C2).perform()) 5906 return QualType(); 5907 5908 return C1.Viable ? C1.Composite : C2.Composite; 5909 } 5910 5911 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) { 5912 if (!E) 5913 return ExprError(); 5914 5915 assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?"); 5916 5917 // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it. 5918 if (!E->isRValue()) 5919 return E; 5920 5921 // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained, 5922 // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast. 5923 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5924 E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) { 5925 5926 bool ReturnsRetained; 5927 5928 // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the 5929 // called value. 5930 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { 5931 Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens(); 5932 QualType T = Callee->getType(); 5933 5934 if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) { 5935 // Handle pointer-to-members. 5936 if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee)) 5937 T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType(); 5938 else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee)) 5939 T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType(); 5940 } 5941 5942 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 5943 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5944 else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) 5945 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5946 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 5947 T = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5948 5949 const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5950 assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?"); 5951 ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult(); 5952 5953 // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable 5954 // type always produce a +1 object. 5955 } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) { 5956 ReturnsRetained = true; 5957 5958 // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization; 5959 // we don't want any extra casts here. 5960 } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) && 5961 isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) { 5962 return E; 5963 5964 // For message sends and property references, we try to find an 5965 // actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in 5966 // cases where we don't have an actual method. 5967 } else { 5968 ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr; 5969 if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) { 5970 D = Send->getMethodDecl(); 5971 } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) { 5972 D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod(); 5973 } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) { 5974 D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod(); 5975 } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit 5976 = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) { 5977 D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod(); 5978 } 5979 5980 ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()); 5981 5982 // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their 5983 // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually 5984 // return an object. 5985 if (!ReturnsRetained && 5986 D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector) 5987 return E; 5988 } 5989 5990 // Don't reclaim an object of Class type. 5991 if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType()) 5992 return E; 5993 5994 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 5995 5996 CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject 5997 : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject); 5998 return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr, 5999 VK_RValue); 6000 } 6001 6002 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6003 return E; 6004 6005 // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with 6006 // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType. 6007 const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr()); 6008 const RecordType *RT = nullptr; 6009 while (!RT) { 6010 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 6011 case Type::Record: 6012 RT = cast<RecordType>(T); 6013 break; 6014 case Type::ConstantArray: 6015 case Type::IncompleteArray: 6016 case Type::VariableArray: 6017 case Type::DependentSizedArray: 6018 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 6019 break; 6020 default: 6021 return E; 6022 } 6023 } 6024 6025 // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're 6026 // not processing a decltype expression. 6027 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6028 if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext()) 6029 return E; 6030 6031 bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype; 6032 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD); 6033 6034 if (Destructor) { 6035 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 6036 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 6037 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 6038 << E->getType()); 6039 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 6040 return ExprError(); 6041 6042 // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy. 6043 if (Destructor->isTrivial()) 6044 return E; 6045 6046 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 6047 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 6048 } 6049 6050 CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor); 6051 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E); 6052 6053 if (IsDecltype) 6054 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind); 6055 6056 return Bind; 6057 } 6058 6059 ExprResult 6060 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) { 6061 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 6062 return ExprError(); 6063 6064 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get()); 6065 } 6066 6067 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) { 6068 assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!"); 6069 6070 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 6071 6072 unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects; 6073 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup); 6074 assert(Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() || 6075 ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup); 6076 if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups()) 6077 return SubExpr; 6078 6079 auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup, 6080 ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup); 6081 6082 auto *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create( 6083 Context, SubExpr, Cleanup.cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), Cleanups); 6084 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 6085 6086 return E; 6087 } 6088 6089 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) { 6090 assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!"); 6091 6092 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 6093 6094 if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups()) 6095 return SubStmt; 6096 6097 // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into 6098 // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements. 6099 // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or 6100 // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries. 6101 CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt, 6102 SourceLocation(), 6103 SourceLocation()); 6104 Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(), 6105 SourceLocation()); 6106 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E); 6107 } 6108 6109 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions, 6110 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and 6111 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the 6112 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression. 6113 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) { 6114 assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression"); 6115 6116 // C++11 [expr.call]p11: 6117 // If a function call is a prvalue of object type, 6118 // -- if the function call is either 6119 // -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or 6120 // -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a 6121 // decltype-specifier, 6122 // a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue. 6123 6124 // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the 6125 // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any. 6126 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { 6127 ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr()); 6128 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 6129 return ExprError(); 6130 if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr()) 6131 return E; 6132 return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get()); 6133 } 6134 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6135 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 6136 ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS()); 6137 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 6138 return ExprError(); 6139 if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS()) 6140 return E; 6141 return new (Context) BinaryOperator( 6142 BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(), 6143 BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable()); 6144 } 6145 } 6146 6147 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E); 6148 CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr()) 6149 : nullptr; 6150 if (TopCall) 6151 E = TopCall; 6152 else 6153 TopBind = nullptr; 6154 6155 // Disable the special decltype handling now. 6156 ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false; 6157 6158 // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a 6159 // decltype expression. 6160 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 6161 return E; 6162 6163 // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point. 6164 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size(); 6165 I != N; ++I) { 6166 CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I]; 6167 if (Call == TopCall) 6168 continue; 6169 6170 if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context), 6171 Call->getLocStart(), 6172 Call, Call->getDirectCallee())) 6173 return ExprError(); 6174 } 6175 6176 // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible 6177 // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries. 6178 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size(); 6179 I != N; ++I) { 6180 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = 6181 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I]; 6182 if (Bind == TopBind) 6183 continue; 6184 6185 CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary(); 6186 6187 CXXRecordDecl *RD = 6188 Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 6189 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD); 6190 Temp->setDestructor(Destructor); 6191 6192 MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 6193 CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 6194 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 6195 << Bind->getType()); 6196 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc())) 6197 return ExprError(); 6198 6199 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 6200 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 6201 } 6202 6203 // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr. 6204 return E; 6205 } 6206 6207 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access. 6208 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S, 6209 ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) { 6210 unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0; 6211 // FIXME: Make this configurable? 6212 unsigned Limit = 9; 6213 if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) { 6214 // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note. 6215 SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2; 6216 SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1); 6217 } 6218 6219 for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) { 6220 if (I == SkipStart) { 6221 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), 6222 diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed) 6223 << SkipCount; 6224 I += SkipCount; 6225 } else { 6226 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here) 6227 << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType(); 6228 ++I; 6229 } 6230 } 6231 } 6232 6233 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6234 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6235 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6236 ParsedType &ObjectType, 6237 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) { 6238 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 6239 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base); 6240 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 6241 Base = Result.get(); 6242 6243 Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 6244 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 6245 Base = Result.get(); 6246 6247 QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); 6248 MayBePseudoDestructor = false; 6249 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { 6250 // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator, 6251 // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still 6252 // have enough information about that type to do something useful. 6253 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) 6254 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) 6255 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 6256 6257 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 6258 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 6259 return Base; 6260 } 6261 6262 // C++ [over.match.oper]p8: 6263 // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value 6264 // returned, with the original second operand. 6265 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 6266 QualType StartingType = BaseType; 6267 bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false; 6268 bool FirstIteration = true; 6269 FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); 6270 // The set of types we've considered so far. 6271 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes; 6272 SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows; 6273 CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType)); 6274 6275 while (BaseType->isRecordType()) { 6276 if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) { 6277 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded) 6278 << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange(); 6279 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 6280 Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth) 6281 << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth; 6282 return ExprError(); 6283 } 6284 6285 Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr( 6286 S, Base, OpLoc, 6287 // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration, 6288 // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a 6289 // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here 6290 // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself. 6291 (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6292 ? nullptr 6293 : &NoArrowOperatorFound); 6294 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6295 if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { 6296 if (FirstIteration) { 6297 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 6298 << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange() 6299 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 6300 OpKind = tok::period; 6301 break; 6302 } 6303 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) 6304 << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); 6305 CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base); 6306 if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) { 6307 Diag(CD->getLocStart(), 6308 diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow); 6309 } 6310 } 6311 return ExprError(); 6312 } 6313 Base = Result.get(); 6314 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base)) 6315 OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()); 6316 BaseType = Base->getType(); 6317 CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType); 6318 if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) { 6319 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType; 6320 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 6321 return ExprError(); 6322 } 6323 FirstIteration = false; 6324 } 6325 6326 if (OpKind == tok::arrow && 6327 (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) 6328 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 6329 } 6330 6331 // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types, 6332 // so adjust the base type to the object type itself. 6333 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6334 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 6335 6336 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 6337 // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar 6338 // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete 6339 // postfix-expression. 6340 // 6341 // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name. 6342 // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor 6343 // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and 6344 // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor 6345 // call. We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process, 6346 // so just skip this check for ObjC types. 6347 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { 6348 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 6349 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 6350 return Base; 6351 } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) { 6352 ObjectType = nullptr; 6353 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 6354 return Base; 6355 } 6356 6357 // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or 6358 // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3: 6359 // Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to 6360 // be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside 6361 // the member function body. 6362 if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && 6363 !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) && 6364 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access)) 6365 return ExprError(); 6366 6367 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 6368 // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an 6369 // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class 6370 // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked 6371 // up in the scope of class C. [...] 6372 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 6373 return Base; 6374 } 6375 6376 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base, 6377 tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) { 6378 if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6379 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 6380 if (result.isInvalid()) return true; 6381 Base = result.get(); 6382 } 6383 ObjectType = Base->getType(); 6384 6385 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6386 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The 6387 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type. 6388 // This scalar type is the object type. 6389 // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the 6390 // arrow operator. 6391 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 6392 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 6393 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 6394 } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) { 6395 // The user wrote "p->" when they probably meant "p."; fix it. 6396 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 6397 << ObjectType << true 6398 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 6399 if (S.isSFINAEContext()) 6400 return true; 6401 6402 OpKind = tok::period; 6403 } 6404 } 6405 6406 return false; 6407 } 6408 6409 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 6410 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6411 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6412 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6413 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo, 6414 SourceLocation CCLoc, 6415 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6416 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) { 6417 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo(); 6418 6419 QualType ObjectType; 6420 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6421 return ExprError(); 6422 6423 if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() && 6424 !ObjectType->isVectorType()) { 6425 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType()) 6426 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange(); 6427 else { 6428 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar) 6429 << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange(); 6430 return ExprError(); 6431 } 6432 } 6433 6434 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6435 // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type 6436 // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type. 6437 if (DestructedTypeInfo) { 6438 QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType(); 6439 SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart 6440 = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(); 6441 if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) { 6442 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) { 6443 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 6444 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 6445 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6446 6447 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 6448 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6449 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 6450 DestructedTypeStart); 6451 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6452 } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() != 6453 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) { 6454 6455 if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 6456 // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified 6457 // type. 6458 } else { 6459 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals) 6460 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 6461 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6462 } 6463 6464 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 6465 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6466 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 6467 DestructedTypeStart); 6468 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6469 } 6470 } 6471 } 6472 6473 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6474 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the 6475 // form 6476 // 6477 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name 6478 // 6479 // shall designate the same scalar type. 6480 if (ScopeTypeInfo) { 6481 QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType(); 6482 if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() && 6483 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) { 6484 6485 Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(), 6486 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 6487 << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange() 6488 << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6489 6490 ScopeType = QualType(); 6491 ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6492 } 6493 } 6494 6495 Expr *Result 6496 = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base, 6497 OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc, 6498 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 6499 ScopeTypeInfo, 6500 CCLoc, 6501 TildeLoc, 6502 Destructed); 6503 6504 return Result; 6505 } 6506 6507 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6508 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6509 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6510 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6511 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 6512 SourceLocation CCLoc, 6513 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6514 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) { 6515 assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6516 FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 6517 "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor"); 6518 assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6519 SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 6520 "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor"); 6521 6522 QualType ObjectType; 6523 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6524 return ExprError(); 6525 6526 // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only 6527 // record types and dependent types matter. 6528 ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup; 6529 if (!SS.isSet()) { 6530 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 6531 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType); 6532 else if (ObjectType->isDependentType()) 6533 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy); 6534 } 6535 6536 // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a 6537 // type (with source-location information). 6538 QualType DestructedType; 6539 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr; 6540 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed; 6541 if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6542 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier, 6543 SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 6544 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 6545 if (!T && 6546 ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || 6547 (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) { 6548 // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we 6549 // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and 6550 // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at 6551 // template instantiation time. 6552 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier, 6553 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6554 } else if (!T) { 6555 Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 6556 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6557 << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6558 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6559 return ExprError(); 6560 6561 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 6562 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6563 } else 6564 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo); 6565 } else { 6566 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6567 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId; 6568 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6569 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6570 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6571 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6572 TemplateId->Template, 6573 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6574 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6575 TemplateArgsPtr, 6576 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6577 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6578 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 6579 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6580 } else 6581 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo); 6582 } 6583 6584 // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source 6585 // information. 6586 if (!DestructedType.isNull()) { 6587 if (!DestructedTypeInfo) 6588 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType, 6589 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6590 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6591 } 6592 6593 // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type. 6594 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6595 QualType ScopeType; 6596 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6597 FirstTypeName.Identifier) { 6598 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6599 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier, 6600 FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6601 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 6602 if (!T) { 6603 Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6604 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6605 << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6606 6607 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6608 return ExprError(); 6609 6610 // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway. 6611 ScopeType = QualType(); 6612 } else 6613 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo); 6614 } else { 6615 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6616 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId; 6617 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6618 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6619 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6620 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6621 TemplateId->Template, 6622 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6623 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6624 TemplateArgsPtr, 6625 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6626 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6627 // Recover by dropping this type. 6628 ScopeType = QualType(); 6629 } else 6630 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo); 6631 } 6632 } 6633 6634 if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo) 6635 ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType, 6636 FirstTypeName.StartLocation); 6637 6638 6639 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS, 6640 ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc, 6641 Destructed); 6642 } 6643 6644 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6645 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6646 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6647 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6648 const DeclSpec& DS) { 6649 QualType ObjectType; 6650 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6651 return ExprError(); 6652 6653 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), 6654 false); 6655 6656 TypeLocBuilder TLB; 6657 DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T); 6658 DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 6659 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T); 6660 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo); 6661 6662 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(), 6663 nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc, 6664 Destructed); 6665 } 6666 6667 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 6668 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 6669 bool HadMultipleCandidates) { 6670 if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() && 6671 Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) { 6672 // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument 6673 // is a LambdaExpr. 6674 Expr *SubE = E; 6675 CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE); 6676 if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 6677 SubE = CE->getSubExpr(); 6678 SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens(); 6679 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE)) 6680 SubE = BE->getSubExpr(); 6681 if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) { 6682 // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we 6683 // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make 6684 // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal 6685 // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being 6686 // autoreleased. 6687 DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags); 6688 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated); 6689 ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(), 6690 E->getExprLoc(), 6691 Method, E); 6692 PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 6693 6694 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6695 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv); 6696 return Exp; 6697 } 6698 } 6699 6700 ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, 6701 FoundDecl, Method); 6702 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6703 return true; 6704 6705 MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr( 6706 Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(), 6707 Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary); 6708 if (HadMultipleCandidates) 6709 ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); 6710 MarkMemberReferenced(ME); 6711 6712 QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); 6713 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); 6714 ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); 6715 6716 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = 6717 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK, 6718 Exp.get()->getLocEnd()); 6719 return CE; 6720 } 6721 6722 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 6723 SourceLocation RParen) { 6724 // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill- 6725 // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used 6726 // without arguments except in explicit contexts. 6727 ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand); 6728 if (R.isInvalid()) 6729 return R; 6730 6731 // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type. 6732 Operand = R.get(); 6733 6734 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6735 Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) { 6736 // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression 6737 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 6738 Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 6739 } 6740 6741 CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand); 6742 return new (Context) 6743 CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen); 6744 } 6745 6746 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation, 6747 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) { 6748 return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen); 6749 } 6750 6751 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) { 6752 // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special, 6753 // according to [expr]p10: 6754 // The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the 6755 // expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has 6756 // one of the following forms: 6757 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6758 6759 // - id-expression (5.1.1), 6760 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6761 return true; 6762 6763 // - subscripting (5.2.1), 6764 if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) 6765 return true; 6766 6767 // - class member access (5.2.5), 6768 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) 6769 return true; 6770 6771 // - indirection (5.3.1), 6772 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) 6773 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) 6774 return true; 6775 6776 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6777 // - pointer-to-member operation (5.5), 6778 if (BO->isPtrMemOp()) 6779 return true; 6780 6781 // - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above. 6782 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) 6783 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS()); 6784 } 6785 6786 // - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third 6787 // operands are one of the above, or 6788 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) 6789 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) && 6790 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6791 // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x". 6792 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 6793 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6794 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr())) 6795 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) && 6796 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 6797 } 6798 6799 // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule. 6800 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) 6801 return true; 6802 6803 return false; 6804 } 6805 6806 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a 6807 /// context that ignores the result. 6808 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) { 6809 if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6810 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 6811 if (result.isInvalid()) return E; 6812 E = result.get(); 6813 } 6814 6815 // C99 6.3.2.1: 6816 // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have 6817 // array type is converted to the value stored in the 6818 // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue). 6819 if (E->isRValue()) { 6820 // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type) 6821 // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay 6822 // on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for 6823 // some clients. 6824 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType()) 6825 return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); 6826 6827 return E; 6828 } 6829 6830 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6831 // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression; 6832 // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a 6833 // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue 6834 // conversion. 6835 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() && 6836 E->getType().isVolatileQualified() && 6837 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) { 6838 ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E); 6839 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6840 return E; 6841 E = Res.get(); 6842 } 6843 6844 // C++1z: 6845 // If the expression is a prvalue after this optional conversion, the 6846 // temporary materialization conversion is applied. 6847 // 6848 // We skip this step: IR generation is able to synthesize the storage for 6849 // itself in the aggregate case, and adding the extra node to the AST is 6850 // just clutter. 6851 // FIXME: We don't emit lifetime markers for the temporaries due to this. 6852 // FIXME: Do any other AST consumers care about this? 6853 return E; 6854 } 6855 6856 // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type. 6857 if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6858 if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) { 6859 // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug! 6860 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get(); 6861 return E; 6862 } 6863 } 6864 6865 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); 6866 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6867 return E; 6868 E = Res.get(); 6869 6870 if (!E->getType()->isVoidType()) 6871 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), 6872 diag::err_incomplete_type); 6873 return E; 6874 } 6875 6876 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used 6877 // in a constant expression, return true. 6878 // - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then 6879 // we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression. 6880 // - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether 6881 // it can be used to initialize a constant expression. If Init can not 6882 // be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can 6883 // never be a constant expression. 6884 // - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and 6885 // identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor: 6886 // - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new 6887 // delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc... 6888 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var, 6889 ASTContext &Context) { 6890 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true; 6891 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr; 6892 6893 // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression. 6894 if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true; 6895 assert(DefVD); 6896 if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false; 6897 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt(); 6898 6899 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value); 6900 6901 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) { 6902 // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts 6903 // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the 6904 // initializer is a potential constant expression. 6905 return false; 6906 } 6907 6908 return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context); 6909 } 6910 6911 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures 6912 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to 6913 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested 6914 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so. Also, check to see if any 6915 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not 6916 /// need to be captured. 6917 6918 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures( 6919 Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) { 6920 6921 assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext()); 6922 assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext()); 6923 #ifndef NDEBUG 6924 DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 6925 while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC)) 6926 DC = DC->getParent(); 6927 assert( 6928 CurrentLSI->CallOperator == DC && 6929 "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext"); 6930 #endif // NDEBUG 6931 6932 const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent(); 6933 6934 ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef( 6935 S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size()); 6936 6937 // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested 6938 // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an 6939 // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context. 6940 const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures = 6941 CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures(); 6942 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) { 6943 Expr *VarExpr = nullptr; 6944 VarDecl *Var = nullptr; 6945 CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr); 6946 // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full 6947 // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not 6948 // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures. 6949 // For e.g.: 6950 // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured. 6951 // int test() { 6952 // const int x = 10; 6953 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 6954 // (void) +x + a; 6955 // }; 6956 // } 6957 if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) && 6958 !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent) 6959 continue; 6960 6961 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and 6962 // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6963 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6964 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6965 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) { 6966 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6967 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S, 6968 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6969 } 6970 const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression = 6971 VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context); 6972 if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) { 6973 // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable 6974 // can not be used in a constant expression - which means 6975 // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a 6976 // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable. 6977 // This is purely for diagnosing errors early. Otherwise, this 6978 // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready. 6979 QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; 6980 SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc(); 6981 if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6982 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6983 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType, 6984 DeclRefType, nullptr)) { 6985 // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need 6986 // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it. 6987 S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6988 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6989 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType, 6990 DeclRefType, nullptr); 6991 } 6992 } 6993 } 6994 6995 // Check if 'this' needs to be captured. 6996 if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) { 6997 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture 6998 // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6999 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 7000 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 7001 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) { 7002 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 7003 S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation, 7004 /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, 7005 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 7006 } 7007 } 7008 7009 // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression. 7010 CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures(); 7011 } 7012 7013 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef, 7014 const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer, 7015 const TypoCorrection &TC) { 7016 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(), 7017 Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind()); 7018 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS(); 7019 CXXScopeSpec NewSS; 7020 7021 // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr. 7022 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 7023 NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange()); 7024 else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier()) 7025 NewSS = *SS; 7026 7027 if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) { 7028 R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName()); 7029 R.addDecl(ND); 7030 if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) { 7031 // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult. 7032 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 7033 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 7034 Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 7035 if (!Record) 7036 Record = 7037 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()); 7038 if (Record) 7039 R.setNamingClass(Record); 7040 7041 // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit 7042 // member. 7043 bool MightBeImplicitMember; 7044 if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand()) 7045 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 7046 else if (!NewSS.isEmpty()) 7047 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 7048 else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) 7049 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 7050 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) 7051 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 7052 else 7053 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) || 7054 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) || 7055 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND); 7056 7057 if (MightBeImplicitMember) 7058 return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr( 7059 NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R, 7060 /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr); 7061 } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) { 7062 return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(), 7063 Ivar->getIdentifier()); 7064 } 7065 } 7066 7067 return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false, 7068 /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true); 7069 } 7070 7071 namespace { 7072 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> { 7073 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs; 7074 7075 public: 7076 explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs) 7077 : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {} 7078 bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) { 7079 TypoExprs.insert(TE); 7080 return true; 7081 } 7082 }; 7083 7084 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> { 7085 typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform; 7086 7087 VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the 7088 // process of being initialized. 7089 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter; 7090 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs; 7091 llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache; 7092 llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution; 7093 7094 /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered. 7095 /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should 7096 /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest 7097 /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection). 7098 void EmitAllDiagnostics() { 7099 for (auto E : TypoExprs) { 7100 TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E); 7101 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 7102 if (State.DiagHandler) { 7103 TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection(); 7104 ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE]; 7105 7106 // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the 7107 // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right 7108 // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload 7109 // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that 7110 // had been stored in the TypoCorrection. 7111 if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr( 7112 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get())) 7113 TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND); 7114 7115 State.DiagHandler(TC); 7116 } 7117 SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE); 7118 } 7119 } 7120 7121 /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a 7122 /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against 7123 /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing 7124 /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second 7125 /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted, 7126 /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a 7127 /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the 7128 /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations 7129 /// of corrections. 7130 bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() { 7131 for (auto TE : TypoExprs) { 7132 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 7133 TransformCache.erase(TE); 7134 if (!State.Consumer->finished()) 7135 return true; 7136 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 7137 } 7138 return false; 7139 } 7140 7141 NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) { 7142 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E)) 7143 E = OverloadResolution[OE]; 7144 7145 if (!E) 7146 return nullptr; 7147 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 7148 return DRE->getFoundDecl(); 7149 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) 7150 return ME->getFoundDecl(); 7151 // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo 7152 // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could 7153 // contain multiple decls. 7154 return nullptr; 7155 } 7156 7157 ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) { 7158 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7159 ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E); 7160 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid()) 7161 return ExprError(); 7162 7163 return ExprFilter(Res.get()); 7164 } 7165 7166 public: 7167 TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) 7168 : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {} 7169 7170 ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7171 MultiExprArg Args, 7172 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 7173 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) { 7174 auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args, 7175 RParenLoc, ExecConfig); 7176 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) { 7177 if (Result.isUsable()) { 7178 Expr *ResultCall = Result.get(); 7179 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall)) 7180 ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr(); 7181 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall)) 7182 OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee(); 7183 } 7184 } 7185 return Result; 7186 } 7187 7188 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 7189 7190 ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 7191 7192 ExprResult TransformObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyRefExpr *E) { 7193 return Owned(E); 7194 } 7195 7196 ExprResult TransformObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *E) { 7197 return Owned(E); 7198 } 7199 7200 ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) { 7201 ExprResult Res; 7202 while (true) { 7203 Res = TryTransform(E); 7204 7205 // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs 7206 // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates.. 7207 if (!Res.isInvalid() || 7208 !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams()) 7209 break; 7210 } 7211 7212 // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates 7213 // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters. 7214 // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when 7215 // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction. 7216 // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when 7217 // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will 7218 // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction 7219 // candidates and add little to no value if corrected. 7220 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; 7221 while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) { 7222 auto TE = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back(); 7223 auto Cached = TransformCache[TE]; 7224 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 7225 State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition(); 7226 TransformCache.erase(TE); 7227 if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) { 7228 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 7229 TransformCache.erase(TE); 7230 Res = ExprError(); 7231 break; 7232 } 7233 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE); 7234 State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition(); 7235 TransformCache[TE] = Cached; 7236 } 7237 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false; 7238 7239 // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found. 7240 if (!Res.isUsable()) 7241 FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E); 7242 7243 EmitAllDiagnostics(); 7244 7245 return Res; 7246 } 7247 7248 ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) { 7249 // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the 7250 // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the 7251 // first one that was encountered. 7252 auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E]; 7253 if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) { 7254 return CacheEntry; 7255 } 7256 7257 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E); 7258 assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr"); 7259 7260 // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely 7261 // typo correction and return it. 7262 while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) { 7263 if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl) 7264 continue; 7265 ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ? 7266 State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) : 7267 attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC); 7268 if (!NE.isInvalid()) { 7269 // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same 7270 // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous 7271 // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later. 7272 TypoCorrection Next; 7273 if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) && 7274 Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) { 7275 AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E); 7276 } else { 7277 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E); 7278 } 7279 assert(!NE.isUnset() && 7280 "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult"); 7281 return CacheEntry = NE; 7282 } 7283 } 7284 return CacheEntry = ExprError(); 7285 } 7286 }; 7287 } 7288 7289 ExprResult 7290 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl, 7291 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { 7292 // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos 7293 // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to 7294 // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression. 7295 if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos && 7296 (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || 7297 E->isInstantiationDependent())) { 7298 auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos; 7299 assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr"); 7300 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U; 7301 auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size(); 7302 auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E); 7303 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext; 7304 TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size(); 7305 if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) { 7306 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved; 7307 return Result; 7308 } 7309 assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?"); 7310 } 7311 return E; 7312 } 7313 7314 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC, 7315 bool DiscardedValue, 7316 bool IsConstexpr, 7317 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) { 7318 ExprResult FullExpr = FE; 7319 7320 if (!FullExpr.get()) 7321 return ExprError(); 7322 7323 // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not 7324 // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr 7325 // containing full-expression is done). 7326 // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) { 7327 // test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now. 7328 // return a; 7329 // }() ...); 7330 // } 7331 // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope 7332 // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not 7333 // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a 7334 // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a 7335 // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a 7336 // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the 7337 // parser/instantiation has got to). 7338 if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer && 7339 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get())) 7340 return ExprError(); 7341 7342 // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 7343 if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 7344 FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7345 FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType()); 7346 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7347 return ExprError(); 7348 } 7349 7350 if (DiscardedValue) { 7351 FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get()); 7352 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7353 return ExprError(); 7354 7355 FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get()); 7356 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7357 return ExprError(); 7358 } 7359 7360 FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get()); 7361 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7362 return ExprError(); 7363 7364 CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr); 7365 7366 // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested 7367 // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda, 7368 // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it. 7369 // Consider the following code: 7370 // void f(int, int); 7371 // void f(const int&, double); 7372 // void foo() { 7373 // const int x = 10, y = 20; 7374 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 7375 // auto M = [=](auto b) { 7376 // f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M 7377 // f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms 7378 // }; 7379 // }; 7380 // } 7381 7382 // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves 7383 // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures: 7384 // void f() { 7385 // const int n = 0; 7386 // auto L = [&](auto a) { 7387 // +n + ({ 0; a; }); 7388 // }; 7389 // } 7390 // 7391 // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't 7392 // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures), 7393 // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late 7394 // for us to see that we need to capture n after all. 7395 7396 LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = 7397 getCurLambda(/*IgnoreCapturedRegions=*/true); 7398 // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer 7399 // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report 7400 // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony. 7401 // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator 7402 // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture 7403 // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that 7404 // PR, a proper fix would entail : 7405 // "Alternative suggestion: 7406 // - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope 7407 // index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to 7408 // FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's 7409 // constructor/destructor. 7410 // - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to 7411 // stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope." 7412 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 7413 while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC)) 7414 DC = DC->getParent(); 7415 const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(DC); 7416 if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI && 7417 CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7418 CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI, 7419 *this); 7420 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr); 7421 } 7422 7423 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) { 7424 if (!FullStmt) return StmtError(); 7425 7426 return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt); 7427 } 7428 7429 Sema::IfExistsResult 7430 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, 7431 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7432 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) { 7433 DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName(); 7434 if (!TargetName) 7435 return IER_DoesNotExist; 7436 7437 // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent. 7438 if (TargetName.isDependentName()) 7439 return IER_Dependent; 7440 7441 // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope. 7442 LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName, 7443 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 7444 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 7445 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 7446 7447 switch (R.getResultKind()) { 7448 case LookupResult::Found: 7449 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 7450 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 7451 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 7452 return IER_Exists; 7453 7454 case LookupResult::NotFound: 7455 return IER_DoesNotExist; 7456 7457 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 7458 return IER_Dependent; 7459 } 7460 7461 llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!"); 7462 } 7463 7464 Sema::IfExistsResult 7465 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 7466 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7467 UnqualifiedId &Name) { 7468 DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name); 7469 7470 // Check for an unexpanded parameter pack. 7471 auto UPPC = IsIfExists ? UPPC_IfExists : UPPC_IfNotExists; 7472 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SS, UPPC) || 7473 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TargetNameInfo, UPPC)) 7474 return IER_Error; 7475 7476 return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo); 7477 } 7478